The Voyage of Governor Phillip to Botany Bay (2024)

The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Voyage Of Governor Phillip To Botany Bayby Arthur PhillipThis eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and withalmost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away orre-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License includedwith this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.netTitle: The Voyage Of Governor Phillip To Botany Bay With An Account Of The Establishment Of The Colonies Of Port Jackson And Norfolk Island (1789) Author: Arthur PhillipRelease Date: February 18, 2005 [EBook #15100]Language: EnglishCharacter set encoding: ISO-8859-1*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK VOYAGE TO BOTANY BAY ***Produced by Col Choat

The Voyage

of

Governor Phillip

to

Botany Bay

with an

Account of the Establishment of the Colonies of Port Jacksonand Norfolk Island;

compiled from Authentic Papers,

which have been obtained from the several Departments

to which are added

the Journals of Lieuts. Shortland, Watts, Ball and Capt.Marshall

with an Account of their New Discoveries,

embellished with fifty five Copper Plates,

the Maps and Charts taken from Actual Surveys,

and the plans and views drawn on the spot,

by Capt. Hunter, Lieuts. Shortland, Watts, Dawes, Bradley,Capt. Marshall, etc.

London

Printed for John Stockdale, Piccadilly

1789

TO THE MOST NOBLE
THE MARQUIS OF SALISBURY,
LORD CHAMBERLAIN OF HIS MAJESTY'S HOUSEHOLD, ETC., ETC.
THIS VOLUME,
CONTAINING ALL THAT IS YET KNOWN OF THE
SETTLEMENT AT SYDNEY COVE,
IS MOST RESPECTFULLY INSCRIBED, BY
HIS LORDSHIP'S
MUCH OBLIGED, AND
MOST FAITHFUL
HUMBLE SERVANT,
JOHN STOCKDALE.
NOVEMBER 25, 1789.

Go to Table ofContents

ANECDOTES OF GOVERNOR PHILLIP.

Arthur Phillip is one of those officers, who, like Drake,Dampier, and Cook, has raised himself by his merit and hisservices, to distinction and command. His father was JacobPhillip, a native of Frankfort, in Germany, who having settled inEngland, maintained his family and educated his son by teachingthe languages. His mother was Elizabeth Breach, who married forher first husband, Captain Herbert of the navy, a kinsman of LordPembroke. Of her marriage with Jacob Phillip, was her son,Arthur, born in the parish of Allhallows, Bread-street, withinthe city of London, on the 11th of October, 1738.

Being designed for a seafaring life, he was very properly sentto the school of Greenwich, where he received an educationsuitable to his early propensities. At the age of sixteen, hebegan his maritime career, under the deceased Captain MichaelEveret of the navy, at the commencement of hostilities, in 1755:and at the same time that he learned the rudiments of hisprofession under that able officer, he partook with him in theearly misfortunes, and subsequent glories of the seven years war.Whatever opulence Phillip acquired from the capture of theHavannah, certain it is, that, at the age of twenty-three, hethere was made a Lieutenant into the Stirling-castle, on the 7thof June, 1761, by Sir George Poco*cke, an excellent judge of navalaccomplishments.

But of nautical exploits, however they may raise marineofficers, there must be an end. Peace, with its blessings, wasrestored in 1763. And Phillip now found leisure to marry; and tosettle at Lyndhurst, in the New Forest, where he amused himselfwith farming, and like other country gentlemen, dischargedassiduously those provincial offices, which, however unimportant,occupy respectably the owners of land, who, in this island,require no office to make them important.

But sailors, like their own element, are seldom at rest. Thoseoccupations, which pleased Phillip while they were new, no longerpleased him when they became familiar. And he hastened to offerhis skill and his services to Portugal when it engaged in warfarewith Spain. His offer was readily accepted, because such skilland services were necessary amidst an arduous struggle with a toopowerful opponent. And, such was his conduct and such hissuccess, that when the recent interference of France, in 1778,made it his duty to fight for his king, and to defend hiscountry, the Portugueze court regretted his departure, butapplauded his motive.

His return was doubtless approved by those who, knowing hisvalue, could advance his rank: For he was made master andcommander into the Basilisk fireship, on the 2d of September,1779. But in her he had little opportunity of displaying hiszeal, or of adding to his fame. This step, however, led him up toa higher situation; and he was made post-captain into the Ariadnefrigate, on the 13th of November, 1781, when he was upwards ofthree and forty. This is the great epoch in the lives of ournaval officers, because it is from this that they date theirrank. In the Ariadne, he had little time for active adventures,or for gainful prizes, being appointed to the Europe ofsixty-four guns, on the 23d of December, 1781. During thememorable year 1782, Phillip promoted its enterprises, and sharedin its glories. And in January, 1783, he sailed with areinforcement to the East Indies, where superior braverycontended against superior force, till the policy of ournegotiators put an end to unequal hostilities by a necessarypeace.

The activity, or the zeal of Phillip, was now turned to morepeaceful objects. And when it was determined to form a settlementon that part of New Holland, denominated New South Wales, he wasthought of as a proper officer to conduct an enterprize, whichrequired professional knowledge, and habitual prudence. Hisequipment, his voyage, and his settlement, in the otherhemisphere, will be found in the following volume. When the timeshall arrive that the European settlers on Sydney Cove demandtheir historian, these authentic anecdotes of their pristinelegislator will be sought for as curious, and considered asimportant.

ERRATA (These have been corrected in this eBook)

Page, line
1, 15, for enterprizes, read enterprises.
13, penult. for only fifty, read an hundred.
Ibid. ult. for Penryn, read Penrhyn.
75, 7, for Surprize, read Surprise.
87, 14, after 17, dele th.
96, 13, for into, read in.
149, 10, for Kangooroo, read Kanguroo. The orthography of a wordderived only from oral sound is in some degree arbitrary; but itought to be consistant. The plates, by mistake, have Kangooroo.185, 14, for it were were, read if it were.
203, 3, for Fobn, read Thomas.
213, 10, for four, read forty.
228, 23, bis, for Macauley, read Macaulay.
231, 15, for Patri, read Pabi.
252, Margin, for May, read June.
253, Ditto.
255, Margin, for July, read June.
256, Ditto.
232, 18, for Taha, read Toha.
242, 9, for who, read whom.
246, 25, for veer'd, read near'd.

N. B. Some of the early impressions of the plates haveerroneously Wulpine Oppossum for Vulpine Opossum. After a fewwere work'd off the fault was perceived, and corrected.

ADVERTIsem*nT.

The arrangement of materials in this volume being in somerespects less perfect than might be wished, it is necessary thatsomething should be said to obviate any imputation of negligence.The truth will be the best, and, as it ought, the only apology.The official papers of Governor Phillip, which were liberallycommunicated by Government, formed at first our principal sourceof intelligence. These, from their nature, could contain butlittle information on subjects of natural history, and many otherpoints, concerning which the curiosity of every reader wouldnaturally be excited. The efforts of the publisher to givesatisfaction to the public in these respects produced a gradualinflux of materials; and the successive arrival of differentvessels from the Indian seas, occasioned additions to the work,which made it necessary to engrave new plates. While, therefore,the completion of the book was anxiously pressed by many who wereeager to possess it, that desirable point has constantly beendeferred by the communications of those who were studious torender it more valuable; and the word Finis, has seemed to flyfrom us, like Italy before the wandering Trojans. From thecombination of these circ*mstances it has arisen, that everyseparate part has been hurried on in the execution; and yet, inthe finishing of the whole, more time has elapsed, than wouldhave been necessary to complete a much more ample volume. Thedefects that proceed from these causes, it is hoped, the readerwill forgive, and accept with complacency a volume in which, itis confidently hoped, nothing material has been omitted that isconnected with its principal object, the formation of asettlement promising both glory and advantage to this country; inwhich several important discoveries are announced; no smallaccession is made to the stores of natural history; andinteresting notices are communicated of countries visited before,and persons in whose fate the public has long felt aninterest.

The publisher thinks it his duty, in this place, to returnthanks to the following noblemen and gentlemen, for their kindassistance and free communications. The Marquis of Salisbury,Viscount Sydney, Lord Hood, Sir Joseph Banks, Bart. Mr. Rose, Mr.Nepean, Mr. Stephens, Sir Charles Middleton, Sir Andrew SnapeHammond, Mr. Dalrymple, and Mr. Chalmers: but, to Mr. Lathamparticularly, the most grateful acknowledgements are due, forhaving furnished many drawings and accurate descriptions, whichstamp a value on the natural history contained in this work, andmust for ever render it an object of attention to all lovers ofthat science: and to Lieutenant Shortland, Lieutenant Watts, andCaptain Marshall, of the Scarborough transport, the public owewhatever important discoveries and useful knowledge may be foundin their journals, which they communicated with adisinterestedness that the publisher will be always happy toacknowledge.

ACCOUNT OF THE VIGNETTE.

The elegant vignette in the title-page, was engraved from amedallion which the ingenious Mr. Wedge-wood caused to bemodelled from a small piece of clay brought from Sydney Cove. Theclay proves to be of a fine texture, and will be found veryuseful for the manufactory of earthern ware. The design isallegorical; it represents Hope encouraging Art and Labour, underthe influence of Peace, to pursue the employments necessary togive security and happiness to an infant settlement. Thefollowing verses upon the same subject, and in allusion to themedallion, were written by the author of The Botanic Garden, andwill speak more powerfully for themselves than any encomium wecould bestow.

VISIT OF HOPE TO SYDNEY-COVE, NEAR BOTANY-BAY.

Where Sydney Cove her lucid bosom swells,
Courts her young navies, and the storm repels;
High on a rock amid the troubled air
HOPE stood sublime, and wav'd her golden hair;
Calm'd with her rosy smile the tossing deep,
And with sweet accents charm'd the winds to sleep;
To each wild plain she stretch'd her snowy hand,
High-waving wood, and sea-encircled strand.
"Hear me," she cried, "ye rising Realms! record
"Time's opening scenes, and Truth's unerring word.--
"There shall broad streets their stately walls extend,
"The circus widen, and the crescent bend;
"There, ray'd from cities o'er the cultur'd land,
"Shall bright canals, and solid roads expand.--
"There the proud arch, Colossus-like, bestride
"Yon glittering streams, and bound the chasing tide;
"Embellish'd villas crown the landscape-scene,
"Farms wave with gold, and orchards blush between.--
"There shall tall spires, and dome-capt towers ascend,
"And piers and quays their massy structures blend;
"While with each breeze approaching vessels glide,
"And northern treasures dance on every tide!"--
Then ceas'd the nymph--tumultuous echoes roar,
And JOY's loud voice was heard from shore to shore--
Her graceful steps descending press'd the plain,
And PEACE, and ART, and LABOUR, join'd her train.

VIEW of the FLEET and ESTABLISHMENT sent out with GOVERNORPHILLIP to NEW SOUTH WALES.

Captain ARTHUR PHILLIP of the Navy, Governor and Commander inChief of the territory of New South Wales, and of his Majesty'sships and vessels employed on that coast.

Major Robert Ross, Lieutenant Governor.
Richard Johnson, Chaplain.
Andrew Miller, Commissary.
David Collins, Judge Advocate.
John Long, Adjutant.
James Furzer, Quarter-Master.
*George Alexander, Provost Martial.
John White, Surgeon.
Thomas Arndell, Assistant Ditto.
William Balmain, Ditto Ditto.

[* This Gentleman did not go]

His Majesty's ship Sirius,
Captain Arthur Phillip.
Captain John Hunter.

His Majesty's armed tender Supply,

Six transports carrying the convicts.
Alexander 210 men convicts. women convicts.
Scarborough 210 men convicts.
Friendship 80 men convicts. 24
Charlotte 100 men convicts. 24
Prince of Wales -- -- 100
Lady Penrhyn -- -- 102

Each transport had a detachment of marines on board.

Three store ships:

The Golden Grove, Fishburn, and Borrowdale;
With provisions, implements for husbandry, cloathing,
etc. for the convicts.

Lieutenant John Shortland, agent for the transports.

The garrison is formed from the marines.

CONTENTS

ANECDOTES OF GOVERNOR PHILLIP.

ERRATA.

ADVERTIsem*nT.

ACCOUNT OF THE VIGNETTE.

VISIT OF HOPE TO SYDNEY COVE, NEAR BOTANYBAY.

VIEW OF THE FLEET AND ESTABLISHMENT SENT OUTTO N.S.W.

A LIST OF THE SUBSCRIBERS.

A LIST OF THE PLATES.

Chapter I.

Public utility of voyages--Peculiar circ*mstances of this--NewHolland properly a continent--Reasons for fixing our settlementthere--Transportation to America, its origin, advantages, andcessation--Experiments made--The present planadopted--Disadvantages of other expedients.

Chapter II.

Preparation of the fleet ordered to Botany Bay.--Particularsof its arrangement.--Departure and passage to the CanaryIsles.

Chapter III.

Reasons for touching at the Canary Isles--Precautions forpreserving Health--Their admirable Success--Some Account of theCanaries--Fables respecting them--Attempt of a Convict toescape--Departure. Report of the Marines and Convicts undermedical treatment, June 4, 1787

Chapter IV.

Attempt to put in at Port Praya--Relinquished--Weather--Sailfor Rio de Faneiro--Reasons for touching at a South Americanport--The Fleet passes the Line--Arrives at Rio deFaneiro--Account of that Place--Transactionsthere--Departure.

Chapter V.

Prosperous passage from Rio to the Cape--Account of theHarbours there--The Cape of Good Hope not the most Southernpoint--Height of Table Mountain and others--Supineness of theEuropean nations in neglecting to occupy the Cape--Live stocklaid in--Departure--Separation of the fleet--Arrival of theSupply at Botany Bay.

Chapter VI.

First interview with the natives--the bay examined--arrival ofthe whole fleet--Port Jackson examined--second interview with thenatives--and third--Governor Phillip returns to Botany Bay--andgives orders for the evacuation of it.

Chapter VII.

Removal from Botany Bay--Arrival of two French ships--Accountof them--Preparations for encampment--Difficulties--Scurvy breaksout--Account of the red and yellow gum trees.

Chapter VIII.

Description of Port Jackson and the adjacent country--TheGovernor's commission read--his Speech--his humane resolutionsrespecting the Natives--difficulties in erecting huts and otherbuildings--departure of Lieutenant King to Norfolk Island.Instructions for P. G. King, Esq; Superintendant and Commandantof the Settlement of Norfolk Island

Chapter IX.

A Criminal Court held--Broken Bay explored by GovernorPhillip--Interviews with the Natives--Peculiaritiesremarked--Friendly behaviour and extraordinary courage of an oldman.

Chapter X.

Departure of the French Ships--Death of M. Le Receveur--Returnof the Supply from Norfolk Island--Description of thatPlace--Howe Island discovered. Particulars of the life of P. G.King, Esq

Chapter XI.

Three of the transports cleared--Two excursions made into thecountry, on the fifteenth of April, and on thetwenty-second--Huts of the natives--Sculpture, and otherparticulars. Description of the Kanguroo. Dimensions of thestuffed Kanguroo, in the possession of Mr. Stockdale. Account ofthe live stock in the settlement at Port Jackson, May 1, 1788

Chapter XII.

The Supply returns from Lord Howe Island--Some convictsassaulted by the natives--excursion of Governor Phillip to BotanyBay by Land--interview with many natives--the fourth of Junecelebrated--some account of the climate. Return of Sick, etc.June 30, 1788

Chapter XIII.

Particular description of Sydney Cove--Of the buildingsactually erected--and of the intended town--A settlement made atthe head of the harbour.

Chapter XIV.

Fish violently seized by the natives--Another expedition ofthe Governor--Further account of the manners and manufactures ofthe native inhabitants of New South Wales--Difficulty ofobtaining any intercourse. Remarks and Directions for sailinginto PORT JACKSON, by Capt. J. HUNTER, of the SIRIUS. Height ofneap and spring tides, at full and change of the moon.

Chapter XV.

Some Specimens of Animals from New South Wales; description ofThe spotted Opossum; Vulpine Opossum; Norfolk IslandFlying-Squirrel. Blue Bellied Parrot; Tabuan Parrot; PennantianParrot; Pacific Parrakeet; Sacred King's-fisher; Superb Warbler,male; Superb Warbler, female; Caspian Tern; Norfolk IslandPetrel; Bronze-winged Pigeon; White-fronted Heron; WattledBee-Eater; Psittaceous Hornbill; dimensions of a largeKanguroo.

Chapter XVI.

Papers relative to the settlement at Port Jackson.--Generalreturn of marines.--Return of officers.--Artificers belonging tothe Marine Detachment.--List of officers and privates desirous ofremaining in the country.--Return of provisions.--Return ofSick.

Chapter XVII.

Nautical directions, and other detached remarks, by LieutenantBall, concerning Rio de Janeiro, Norfolk Island, Ball Pyramid,and Lord Howe Island.

Chapter XVIII.

Concise account of Lieutenant Shortland--His variousservices--Appointed agent to the transports sent to New SouthWales--Ordered by Governor Phillip to England, byBatavia--Journal of his voyage--New discoveries.

Chapter XIX.

August 1788 to February 1789

Appearance of the scurvy--The boats land at one of the PelewIslands--Account of the Natives who were seen, and conjecturesconcerning them--Distresses--The Friendship cleared andsunk--Miserable condition of the Alexander when she reachedBatavia.--Conclusion.

Chapter XX.

Lieutenant Watts's Narrative of the Return of the Lady PenrhynTransport; containing an Account of the Death of Omai, and otherinteresting Particulars at Otaheite.

Chapter XXI.

The Scarborough leaves Port Jackson--Touches at Lord Howe'sIsland--Joins the Charlotte--Falls in with a largeShoal--Discover a number of Islands--Short account of theInhabitants--Canoes described--Ornaments-- Discover LordMulgrave's Islands--Arrival at Tinian--Sick people sent onshore--Departure from Tinian--Arrival in Mocao Roads.

Chapter XXII.

Supplemental Account of Animals from New South Wales,containing, Descriptions of the Bankian co*ckatoo; Red-shoulderedParrakeet; Crested Goat Sucker; New Holland Cassowary; WhiteGallinule; Dog from New South Wales; Spotted Martin; KangurooRat; Laced Lizard; Port Jackson Shark; Bag Throated Balistes;Unknown Fish from New South Wales; Watts's Shark; Great BrownKingsfisher.--Additional Account of the Kanguroo--Anecdote ofCaptain Cook and Otoo, by Mr. Webber.--Dr. Blane's Account of thegood Effects of the Yellow Gum.--Botany Bay Plants.--Lieut.Watts's Account of the Weather at Botany Bay and PortJackson.--Conclusion.

CONTENTS OF THE APPENDIX.

Table I. Route of the Alexander, Lieutenant Shortland, fromthe Cape of Good Hope to Botany Bay
Table II. Route of the Supply, Lieut. Ball, after parting withthe Alexander, to Botany Bay
Table III. Route of the Supply, Lieut. Ball, from Port Jackson toNorfolk Island
Table IV. Route of the Supply from Norfolk Island to PortJackson
Table V. Route of the Supply from Port Jackson to Lord HoweIsland, and from thence to Port Jackson
Table VI. Route of the Alexander, Lieut. Shortland, from PortJackson to Batavia
Table VII. Route of the Lady Penrhyn, Capt. Sever, from PortJackson to Otaheite
Table VIII.Route of the Lady Penrhyn, Capt. Sever, from Otaheiteto China
Table IX. Route of the Scarborough, Capt. Marshall, from PortJackson to China
List of the Convicts sent to New South Wales

A LIST OF THE SUBSCRIBERS.

A.Andrews, James Pettit, Esq. F. A. S.Apsley, Viscount, M. P.Aubrey, Sir John, Bart. M. P.Allen, Robert, Esq.Aylesford, Earl ofA'Court, William Pierce Ashe, Esq. M. P.Aldersey, William, Esq.Andrews, Sir Joseph, Bart.Addington, Right Hon. Henry, Speaker of the House of CommonsArden, John, Esq. Arden HallAddington, John Hiley, Esq. M. P.Arden, Sir Richard Pepper, M. P. Master of the RollsAnson, George, Esq. M. P.Adams, Mr. James BlakeArnold, George, Esq.Astley, Sir Edward, Bart. M. P.Annesley, Hon. RichardAppleyard, Mr. 6 copiesAllen, Thomas, Esq.Ashton, Nicholas, Esq.Aisley, Stephen, Esq. KensingtonB.Bath, Marchioness ofBickingham, Mr.Baber, Edward, Esq.Bathurst, Thomas, Esq.Blackburne, John, Esq. M. P.Breadalbane, Earl ofBelgrave, Lord, M. P.Buccleugh, Duke ofBarwell, Thomas Smith, Esq.Barker, Francis, Esq.Bootle, R. Wilbraham, Esq. M. P.Bissett, Maurice, Fsq.Banks, Sir Joseph, Bart.Bolton, Duke ofButler, Rev. Mr.Black, Captain AlexanderBosville, William, Esq.Buckingham, Marquis ofBarwell, Richard, Esq. M. P.Bland, GeneralBeaufort, Duke ofBearcroft, Edward, Esq. M. P.Bath, Marquis ofBlack, Mr. 4 copiesBond, Mr.Berkeley, EarlBeresford, Right Hon. JohnBull, Mr. bookseller, Bath, 6 copiesBaleman, Mr.Beach, CaptainBaldwin, Mr. bookseller, 20 copiesBrown, Mr. booksellerBlamire, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesBooker, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesBeckett, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesBinns, Mr. bookseller, LeedsBreadhower, Mr. bookseller, PortsmouthBurbage, Mr. bookseller, NottinghamBaker, Mr. Bookseller, Southampton, 3 copiesBlackwell, Sir L. Bart.Bevor, Dr.Boucher, Rev. Mr.Brown, RichardBarry, Mr. Library, HastingsBell, Mr. bookseller, 3 copiesBuckland, Mr. bookseller, 5 copiesByfield, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesBindley, James, Esq. F. S. A.Boosey, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesBagshaw, John, Esq.Bew, Mr. bookseller, 12 copiesBarnet, Mr. ThomasC.Cottrell, John, Esq.Clements, John, Esq.Chalmers, George, Esq.Chatham, Earl ofCalthorpe, Sir Henry Gough, Bart.Call, John, Esq. M. P.Clayton, George, Esq.Campbell, MajorChesterfield, Earl ofCox, Mr.Crauford, Mr. A. 2 copiesCharlival, Countess ofChiswell, R. M. T. Esq.Chetwynd, Hon. RichardChichester, Sir John, Bart.Crespigny, P. C. Esq.Carysfort, Earl ofCollins, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesCadell, Mr. bookseller, 20 copiesCornell, Mr. bookseller, 3 copiesClarke, Mr. bookseller, ManchesterCollins, Mr. bookseller, SalisburyConstable, Golding, Esq.Cook, Mr. bookseller, Godalming, 2 copies.Clarke, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesCuthell, Mr. bookseller, 3 copiesCharlton, St. John, Esq.Cooper, Dr.D.Dickens, Francis, Esq. M. P.De Salis, Rev. Dr.Dodswell, T. Esq. Pool-courtDe Lancy, ColonelDonowell, Mr. architectDalrymple, Alexander, Esq.Dayrell, Edmund, Esq.Davies, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesDebrett, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesDalling, Sir John, Bart.Dartmouth, Earl ofDe Freire, Chevalier, 2 copiesDacre, LordDavison, Alexander, Esq.Dilly, Mr. bookseller, 50 copiesDangerfield, Mr. booksellerDrewry, Mr. bookseller, DerbyDover, LordDawes, John, Esq. M. P.Delaval, LordDrummond, John, Esq. M. P.E.Effingham, Earl ofEssex, Earl ofEast, Gilbert, Esq.Eliott, LordEgerton, Colonel William, M. P.Enderby, Mr. SamuelEardley, LordElliott, William, Esq.Erving, George, Esq.Edwards, CaptainEyre, Edward, Esq.Evans, Mr. bookseller, 30 copiesEgertons, Messrs. booksellers, 12 copiesEdwards, Mr. bookseller, 20 copiesEdwards, Mr. bookseller, HalifaxEnderby, Mr. CharlesErnst, Anthony, Esq. jun. CamberwellEnderby, Mr. GeorgeEdmiston, Rev. WilliamElmsley, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesF.Fairford, LordFinch, Hon. WilliamFord, Richard, Esq. M. P.Fitzgerald, Lord RobertFane, Francis, Esq. M. P.Frost, John, Esq.Frederic, Sir John, Bart. M. P.Fletcher, Mr. bookseller, Oxford, 6 copiesFortescue, Earl ofForster, Mr. bookseller, 12 copiesForsyth, William, Esq. KensingtonFaulder, Mr. bookseller, 31 copiesFife, Earl ofFetherston, Thomas, Esq. Lincoln's-innFerrier, Robert England, Esq.Faden, Mr. bookseller, 3 copiesG.Goulding, Mr. Geo. bookseller, 25 copiesGlover, Richard, Esq.Grigby, Joshua, Esq. M. P.Greame, Charles, Esq.Graham, Sir James, Bart. M. P.Gregory, Rev. Edward LangarGrenville, Hon. Mrs.Gardner, Mr. bookseller, 25 copiesGernay, Mr. bookseller, Dublin, 50 copiesGoodwyn, Henry, Esq.Goodwin, Henry, Esq. jun.Grey de Wilton, LordGrote, George, Esq.H.Hopetoun, Earl ofHawke, LordHanmer, Job, Esq. Holbrook HallHarpur, Sir Harry, Bart.Hunt, Joseph, Esq.Hood, Lord, M. P.Houghton, Sir Henry, Bart. M. P.Hayes, Mr. CharlesHetherington, J. Esq.Hodges, Mr.Humphries, Captain JamesHannay, John, Esq.Herman, Francis Anthony, Esq.Hanrot, Mr.Hamilton, Duke ofHardinge, George, Esq. M. P.Hannay, Sir Samuel, Bart. M. P.Hill, Mr. bookseller, 12 copiesHughes, Mr.Hobart, Major, M. P.Howard de Walden, LordHoare, Charles, Esq.Hawkins, Christopher, Esq. M. P.Hinuber, Mr.Haydon and son, booksellers, Plymouth, 5 copiesHooper, Mr.Hookham, Mr. bookseller, 25 copiesHastings, Warren, Esq.Hill, Sir Richard, Bart. M. P.Harlow, Mrs. bookseller, 12 copiesHall, Micah, Esq.I.Johnston, Peter, Esq.Jenkyns, Mr.Irwin, ----, Esq.Jackson, William, jun. Esq. ExeterJolliffe, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesInchiquin, Earl of, M. P.Johnson, Mr. bookseller, 20 copiesK.Keith, Captain, R. N.Kingsmill, Captain, R. N. M. P.Kynaston, John, Esq. M. P.Kent, Sir Charles, Bart. M. P.Kensington, Charles, Esq.Kirby, Mr. booksellerKing, Mr. bookseller, 4 copiesKnight and Son, booksellers, 3 copiesL.Lewisham, LordLambert, J. Esq.Law, Edward, Esq.Lane, Mr. bookseller, 2 copiesLane, Mrs.Loveden, Edward Loveden, Esq. M. P.Long, ------, Esq. AldermastonLatrobe, Mr. Benjamin HenryLucas, Mr. WilliamLovaine, LordLong, Samuel, Esq.Lee, Mr. James, HammersmithLongmate, Mr. engraverLindergreen, Andrew, Esq.Leinster, Duke ofLodge, John, Esq.Lister, Thomas, Esq. M. P.Long, Sir James Tylney, Bart. M. P.Le Mesurier, Paul, Esq. M. P.Lowndes, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesLongman, Mr. bookseller, 20 copiesLaw, Mr. bookseller, 20 copiesLackington, Mr. bookseller, 25 copiesLe Fleming, Sir Michael, Bart. M. P.Latham, John, Esq. M. D.Latham, John, jun. Esq.Latham, Miss AnnLangston, John, Esq. M. P.Luttrell, Lady ElizabethLewisham, Viscount, M. P.Little, Richard, Esq. KensingtonLewis, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesMMitchel, Capt. A. R. N.Miles, William, Esq.Mornington, Lord, M. P.Moreau, Simon, Esq. CheltenhamMartin, George, Esq.Martin, Edwin, Esq. PrioryMazell, Mr. Peter, engraverMedland, Mr. engraverMacclesfield, Earl ofMiddleton, R. Esq.Mineur, Mr.Marshall, Lieutenant S. E.Mehaux, John, Esq.Milnes, Richard Slater, Esq. M. P.Mecormick, Mrs.Murray, Mr. bookseller, 18 copiesMarshall, John, Esq.Maberly, Mr. StephenMartindale, John, Esq.Mulgrave, Lord, M. P.Monro, Dr.M'Queen, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesMatthews, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesMerrill, Mr. bookseller, CambridgeMapletoft, Mr.Macbride, Captain John, Esq. M. P. R. N.Mainwaring, William, Esq. M. P.Macnamara, John, Esq. M. P.Middleton, William, Esq. M. P.Morshead, Sir John, Bart. M. P.Muncaster, Lord, M. P.Marsh, Samuel, Esq.Marsham, Charles, Esq.Melbourne, LadyMontolieu, Lewis, Esq.NNepean, Evan, Esq.Norton, Mr. James, bookseller, Bristol, 6 copiesNares, Rev. Mr.Nicol, Mr. George, bookseller, 12 copiesNeville, Richard Aldworth, Esq. M. P.Nicholls, Frank, Esq. WhitchurchNash, Mr. jun.Nowell, Henry Constantine, Esq. ShiplakeNewberry, Mrs. bookseller, 6 copiesOOrchard, Paul, Esq. M. P.Ogilvie and Speare, booksellers, 9 copiesOtridge, Mr. bookseller, 18 copiesPPortlock, Capt. Nathaniel, R. N.Pye, Walter, Esq.Potenger, Thomas, Esq.Prattent, Mr. engraverPitt, Right Hon. William, M. P.Poco*ck, Sir Isaac, Bart. ReadingPeachey, John, Esq. M. P.Penn, Granville, Esq.Pochin, William, Esq. M. P.Phiney, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesParkyns, Thomas Boothby, Esq. M. P. F. R. S. and F. A. S.Pennant, Thomas, Esq.Pitman, Thomas, Esq. Loxford HallPye, Henry James, Esq. M. P.Putland, William, Esq.Peachey, Sir James, Bart.Popham, Home, Esq.Pollock, W. Esq.Pierse, Henry, Esq. M. P.Pery, Rev. JohnPrince and Cook, booksellers, Oxford, 6 copiesPatterson, CaptainPhillips, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesPeat and Newcomb, booksellers, StamfordPearson and Rollason, booksellers, BirminghamPayne and Son, booksellers, 12 copiesPetrie, William, Esq.Plampin, Lieutenant, R. N.Phipps, Hon. Henry, M. P.Pitt, William Morton, Esq. M. P.Popham, William, Esq. M. P.RRivers, LordRichards, Mr.Ramsay, Capt. JohnRose, George, Esq. M. P.Robinson, William, Esq.Rolle, John, Esq. M. P.Rawstorne, Lieut. Col.Robinsons, Messrs. booksellers, 200 copiesRichardson, Mr. bookseller, 20 copiesRome, George, Esq.Roberts, Mr.Ramsford, Nicholas, Esq.Rous, Sir John, Bart. M. P.Rodney, James, Esq.Rivington, and Sons, booksellers, 20 copiesRobson and Clarke, booksellers, 25 copiesSSalisbury, Marquis of, 2 copiesSalisbury, Marchioness ofSt. Albans, Duke ofStanley, Thomas, Esq. M. P.Sturt, Charles, Esq. M. P.Speke, Mrs.Swale, John, Esq.Smyth, John, Esq.Saville, Hon. HenryScott, Major, M. P.Shuckburgh, Sir George, Bart. M. P.Stephens, Philip, Esq. M. P.Skipwith, Sir Thomas George, Bart.Sykes, Sir Francis, Bart. M. P.St. John, St. Andrew, Esq.Stanley, John, Esq. M. P.Shore, Samuel, Esq.Sitwell, Francis, Esq.Spooner, Charles, Esq.Smith, Sir John, Bart.Smart, Baptist, Esq.Sydney, Viscount, two copiesSpence, Mr. GeorgeScott, Thomas, Esq. M. P.Sotheron, William, Esq. M. P.Strahan, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesSteele, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesScatcherd and Whittaker, booksellers, 6 copiesSewell, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesSpens, Walter, Esq.Silvester, Mr. John, architectSmith and Gardner, booksellersSimmons and Kerby, booksellers, CanterburySwinney, Mr. bookseller, BirminghamSmart and Cowslade, booksellers, ReadingSteele, Thomas, Esq. M. P.Secker, George, Esq.Swain, Rev. John HadleyScowen, James, Esq.Staunton, G. T. Esq.Sumner, John, Esq.Society, the Philosophical, DerbyStockdale, Mr. JeremiahSelkirk, LordSumner, George, Esq. M. P.Stanley, John Thomas, Esq.Stalker, Mr. bookseller, 12 copiesSouthern, Mr. bookseller, 3 copiesTTownsend, Hon. John Thomas, M. P.Thomson, Rev. Doctor, KensingtonTemple, Grenville, Esq.Tullock, Mr.Turnor, John, Esq. Gray's-innTattersall, Mr. jun.Townley, Charles, Esq.Todd, Mr. bookseller, York, 6 copiesTutte, Rev. Mr.Townson, LieutenantThorkelin, Dr. G. J.Tessyman, Mr. bookseller, YorkTrewman, Mr. bookseller, ExeterTrotman, Fiennes, Esq. M. P.Thorold, Sir John, Bart. M. P.Temple, Sir John, Bart.Thornton, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesVVansittart, George, Esq. M. P.Vansittart, Nicholas, Esq.Vernor, Mr. bookseller, 18 copiesW.Weymouth, LordWarren, Sir John Borlase, Bart.Wolfe, Arthur, Esq. Attorney-General, IrelandWalsh, John, Esq.Wentworth, LordWillis, H. N. Esq.Wright, Mr.Woodford, Col. JohnWray, Sir Cecil, Bart.Willis, Rev. ThomasWolfe, Lewis, Esq.Watts, Lieutenant John, R. N.Watts, Mr. D. P.Wilton, George, Esq.Wale, G. Esq.Watts, Mr. ThomasWarren, Sir George, M. P.Walter, Mr. bookseller, 12 copiesWebber, Mr. JohnWalker, James, Esq.Watson, SerjeantWelch, Mr. JosephWhite and Son, booksellers, 12 copiesWare and Son, booksellers, White-havenWoodmason, Mr.Williamson, CaptainWright, Mr. ThomasWalcot, John, Esq.Wood, Mr. bookseller, ShrewsburyWilson, Mr.Wetton, Mr. bookseller, ChertseyWenman, Mr. bookseller, 3 copiesWigglesworth, John, Esq.Wedgewood, Josiah, Esq.Wheeler, Mr. G. WansteadWilkie, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesWhieldon, Mr. bookseller, 12 copiesWilliams, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesWalker, Mr. bookseller, 3 copiesWynne, Mr. bookseller, 6 copiesYYorke, Hon. Philip, M. P.Yorke, Charles, Esq.Young, Sir Wm. Bart. M. P.Yorke, the Hon. Mrs. Sydney-FarmYoung, William, Esq.Yonge, Right Hon. Sir George, Bart. M. P.Younge, Major William, Little Darnford Place.

LIST OF THE PLATES.

Head of Governor Phillip
Vignette in title page--for anexplanation see the Preface
View of Botany Bay
Yellow Gum Plant
View in Port Jackson
Caspian Tern
Natives of Botany Bay
Chart of Norfolk Island
Lieutenant King
Hut in New South Wales
The Kanguroo
View in New South Wales
Sketch of Sydney Cove
Axe, Basket, and Sword
Plan of Port Jackson
Spotted Opossum
Vulpine Opossum
Flying Squirrel
Blue-bellied Parrot
Tabuan Parrot
Pennantian Parrot
Pacific Parrakeet
Sacred Kings-fisher
Male Superb Warbler
Female Superb Warbler
Norfolk Island Petrel
Bronze-winged Pigeon
White-fronted Heron
Wattled Bee-eater
Psittaceous Hornbill
Skeleton of the Head of the Kanguroo andVulpine Opossum
Map and View of Lord Howe Island
Ball's Pyramid
Lieutenant Shortland
Chart of the Track of theAlexander
Shortland's Chart of New Georgia
Curtis's Isles
Macaulay's Isles
Track of the Scarborough
A Canoe, etc. Mulgrave's Range
Bankian co*ckatoo
Red Shouldered Parrakeet
New Holland Goat-sucker
New Holland Cassowary
White Gallinule
Dog of New South Wales
Martin Cat
Kanguroo Rat
Laced Lizard
Fish of New South Wales
Fish of New South Wales
Port Jackson Shark
Watt's Shark
Great brown Kingsfisher
Black flying Opossum

Chapter I.

Public utility of voyages--Peculiar circ*mstances of this--NewHolland properly a continent--Reasons for fixing our settlementthere--Transportation to America, its origin, advantages, andcessation--Experiments made--The present planadopted--Disadvantages of other expedients.

From voyages undertaken expressly for the purpose ofdiscovery, the public naturally looks for information of variouskinds: and it is a fact which we cannot but contemplate withpleasure, that by the excellent publications subsequent to suchenterprises, very considerable additions have been made, duringthe present reign, to our general knowledge of the globe, of thevarious tribes by which it is peopled, and of the animals andvegetables to which it gives support.

An expedition occasioned by motives of legislative policy,carried on by public authority, and concluded by a fixedestablishment in a country very remote, not only excites anunusual interest concerning the fate of those sent out, butpromises to lead us to some points of knowledge which, by theformer mode, however judiciously employed, could not have beenattained. A transient visit to the coast of a great continentcannot, in the nature of things, produce a complete informationrespecting its inhabitants, productions, soil, or climate: allwhich when contemplated by resident observers, in every possiblecirc*mstance of variation, though they should be viewed with lessphilosophical acuteness, must yet gradually become more fullyknown: Errors, sometimes inseparable from hasty observation, willthen be corrected by infallible experience; and many objects willpresent themselves to view, which before had escaped notice, orhad happened to be so situated that they could not beobserved.

The full discovery of the extent of New Holland, by ourillustrious navigator, Capt. Cook, has formed a singular epochain geography; a doubt having arisen from it, whether to a land ofsuch magnitude the name of island or that of continent may moreproperly be applied. To this question it may be answered, thatthough the etymology of the word island,* and of otherssynonymous to it, points out only a land surrounded by the sea,or by any water, (in which sense the term is applicable even tothe largest portions of the habitable globe) yet it is certainthat, in the usual acceptation, an island is conceived to signifya land of only moderate extent, surrounded by the sea.** Todefine at what point of magnitude precisely, a country sosituated shall begin to be a continent, could not answer anypurpose of utility; but the best and clearest rule for removingthe doubt appears to be the following: As long as the peculiaradvantages of an insular situation can be enjoyed by theinhabitants of such a country, let it have the title of anisland; when it exceeds those limits let it be considered as acontinent. Now the first and principal advantage of an island, isthat of being capable of a convenient union under one government,and of deriving thence a security from all external attacks,except by sea. In lands of very great magnitude such an union isdifficult, if not impracticable, and a distinction founded onthis circ*mstance, is therefore sufficient for convenience atleast, if*** not for speculative accuracy. If we suppose thisextent to be something about one thousand miles each way,without, however, affecting much rigour in the limitation, theclaim of New Holland to be called a continent, will beindisputable: The greatest extent of that vast country being,from East to West, about two thousand four hundred English miles,and, from North to South, not less than two thousand threehundred.****

[* Insula, from which island is derived, is formed from insulo, in the sea; and, the corresponding word in Greek, isusually deduced from to swim, as appearing, and probably havingbeen originally supposed to swim in the sea.]

[** Thus when Dionysius Periegetes considers the whole ancientworld as surrounded by the sea, he calls it, an immense island;on which Eustathius remarks, that the addition of the epithetimmense was necessary, otherwise the expression would have beenlow and inadequate.]

[*** We do not here consider whether a country be actuallyunited under one government, but whether from its size it mightbe so conveniently. If we might derive from, or to inhabit, theetymological distinction would be complete on these principles.An island being one distinct habitation of men; and a continentland continued from one state to another. The former derivationmight be rendered specious by remarking how singularly Homer andothers use with, as if they had a natural connection. See II. B.626. and, Sophoc. Ajax. 601.]

[**** In or near the latitude of 30° South, New Hollandextends full 40 degrees of longitude, which, under that parallel,may be estimated at 60 English miles to a degree. The extent fromYork Cape to South Cape is full 33 degrees of latitude, which arecalculated of course at 69½ English miles each.]

To New South Wales England has the claim which a tacit consenthas generally made decisive among the European States, that ofprior discovery. The whole of that Eastern coast, except the verySouthern point, having been untouched by any navigator, till itwas explored by Captain Cook. This consideration, added to themore favourable accounts given of this side of the continent thanof the other, was sufficient to decide the choice of the Britishgovernment, in appointing a place for the banishment of a certainclass of criminals.

The cause of the determination to send out in this manner theconvicts under sentence of transportation, was, as is well known,the necessary cessation of their removal to America; and theinconveniences experienced in the other modes of destinationadopted after that period.

Virginia, greatly in want, at its first settlement, oflabourers to clear away the impenetrable forests which impededall cultivation, was willing, from very early times, to receiveas servants, those English criminals whom our Courts of Lawdeemed not sufficiently guilty for capital punishment.* Theplanters hired their services during a limited term; and theywere latterly sent out under the care of contractors, who wereobliged to prove, by certificates, that they had disposed ofthem, according to the intention of the law.

[* Banishment was first ordered as a punishment for rogues andvagrants, by statute 39 Eliz. ch. 4. See Blackst. Com. IV. chap.31. But no place was there specified. The practice oftransporting criminals to America is said to have commenced inthe reign of James I; the year 1619 being the memorable epoch ofits origin: but that destination is first expressly mentioned in18 Car. II. ch. 2.--The transport traffic was first regulated bystatute 4 George I. ch. II. and the causes expressed in thepreamble to be, the failure of those who undertook to transportthemselves, and the great want of servants in his Majesty'splantations. Subsequent Acts enforced further regulations.]

The benefits of this regulation were various. The coloniesreceived by it, at an easy rate, an assistance very necessary;and the mother country was relieved from the burthen of subjects,who at home were not only useless but pernicious: besides which,the mercantile returns, on this account alone, are reported tohave arisen, in latter times, to a very considerable amount.* Theindividuals themselves, doubtless, in some instances, provedincorrigible; but it happened also, not very unfrequently, that,during the period of their legal servitude, they becamereconciled to a life of honest industry, were altogether reformedin their manners, and rising gradually by laudable efforts, tosituations of advantage, independence, and estimation,contributed honourably to the population and prosperity of theirnew country.**

[* It is said, forty thousand pounds per annum, about twothousand convicts being sold for twenty pounds each.]

[** The Abbe Raynal has given his full testimony to the policyof this species of banishment, in the fourteenth Book of hisHistory, near the beginning.]

By the contest in America, and the subsequent separation ofthe thirteen Colonies, this traffic was of course destroyed.Other expedients, well known to the public, have since beentried; some of which proved highly objectionable;* and all havebeen found to want some of the principal advantages experiencedfrom the usual mode of transportation.--The deliberations uponthis subject, which more than once employed the attention ofParliament, produced at length the plan of which this volumedisplays the first result. On December 6, 1786, the proper orderswere issued by his Majesty in Council, and an Act establishing aCourt of Judicature in the place of settlement, and making suchother regulations as the occasion required, received the sanctionof the whole legislature early in the year 1787.

[* Particularly, the transporting of criminals to thecoast of Africa, where what was meant as an alleviation ofpunishment too frequently ended in death.]

To expatiate upon the principles of penal law is foreign tothe purpose of this work, but thus much is evident to theplainest apprehension, that the objects most to be desired in itare the restriction of the number of capital inflictions, as faras is consistent with the security of society; and the employmentof every method that can be devised for rendering the guiltypersons serviceable to the public, and just to themselves; forcorrecting their moral depravity, inducing habits of industry,and arming them in future against the temptations by which theyhave been once ensnared.

For effectuating these beneficial purposes, well regulatedpenitentiary houses seem, in speculation, to afford the fairestopportunity; and a plan of this kind, formed by the unitedefforts of Judge Blackstone, Mr. Eden, and Mr. Howard, wasadopted by Parliament in the year 1779. Difficulties howeveroccurred which prevented the execution of this design: acirc*mstance which will be something the less regretted when itshall be considered, that it is perhaps the fate of this theory,in common with many others of a very pleasing nature, to be moreattractive in contemplation than efficacious in real practice. Aperfect design, carried on by imperfect agents, is liable to losethe chief part of its excellence; and the best digested plan ofconfinement must in execution be committed, chiefly, to men notmuch enlightened, very little armed against corruption, andconstantly exposed to the danger of it. The vigilance which inthe infancy of such institutions effectually watches over theconduct of these public servants, will always in a little time berelaxed; and it will readily be conceived that a largepenitentiary house, very corruptly governed, would be, of allassociations, one of the most pernicious to those confined, andmost dangerous to the peace of society.

In some countries, malefactors not capitally convicted, aresentenced to the gallies or the mines; punishments often morecruel than death, and here, on many accounts, impracticable. Inother places they are employed in public works, under the care ofoverseers. This method has been partially tried in England on theThames, but has been found by no means to produce the benefitsexpected from it. There is, therefore, little temptation topursue it to a further extent. The employment of criminals inworks carried on under the public eye, is perhaps too repugnantto the feelings of Englishmen ever to be tolerated. Reason,indeed, acquiesces in the melancholy necessity of punishing, butchains and badges of servitude are unpleasing objects, andcompassion will always revolt at the sight of actual infliction.Convicts so employed would either by an ill placed charity berewarded, or the people, undergoing a change of character farfrom desirable, would in time grow callous to those impressionswhich naturally impel them to give relief.

It remains therefore, that we adhere as much as possible tothe practice approved by long experience, of employing theservices of such criminals in remote and rising settlements. Forthis purpose the establishment on the eastern coast of NewHolland has been projected, and carried on with every precautionto render it as beneficial as possible. That some difficultieswill arise in the commencement of such an undertaking must beexpected; but it is required by no moral obligation that convictsshould be conveyed to a place of perfect convenience andsecurity; and though the voluntary emigrants and honourableservants of the state, must in some measure, be involved for atime in the same disadvantages, yet to have resisted difficultiesis often finally an advantage rather than an evil; and there areprobably few persons so circ*mstanced who will repine at moderatehardships, when they reflect that by undergoing them they arerendering an essential and an honourable service to theircountry.

Chapter II.

March 1787 to June 1787

Preparation of the fleet ordered to Botany Bay.--Particularsof its arrangement.--Departure and passage to the CanaryIsles.

16 March 1787

The squadron destined to carry into execution the abovedesign, began to assemble at its appointed rendezvous, the MotherBank, within the Isle of Wight, about the 16th of March, 1787.This small fleet consisted of the following ships: His Majesty'sfrigate Sirius, Captain John Hunter, and his Majesty's armedtender Supply, commanded by Lieutenant H. L. Ball. Threestore-ships, the Golden Grove, Fishburn, and Borrowdale, forcarrying provisions and stores for two years; includinginstruments of husbandry, clothing for the troops and convicts,and other necessaries; and lastly, six transports, theScarborough, and Lady Penrhyn, from Portsmouth; the Friendship,and Charlotte, from Plymouth; the Prince of Wales, and theAlexander, from Woolwich. These were to carry the convicts, witha detachment of Marines in each, proportioned to the nature ofthe service; the largest where resistance was most to beexpected, namely, in those ships which carried the greatestnumber of male convicts. Altogether they formed a little squadronof eleven sail.

They only who know the nature of such equipments, and considerthe particular necessity in the present instance for a variety ofarticles not usually provided, can judge properly of the timerequired for furnishing out this fleet. Such persons willdoubtless be the least surprised at being told that nearly twomonths had elapsed before the ships were enabled to quit thisstation, and proceed upon their voyage: and that even then somefew articles were either unprepared, or, through misapprehension,neglected. The former circ*mstance took place respecting somepart of the cloathing for the female convicts, which, beingunfinished, was obliged to be left behind; the latter, withrespect to the ammunition of the marines, which was furnishedonly for immediate service, instead of being, as the Commodoreapprehended, completed at their first embarkation: an omissionwhich, in the course of the voyage, was easily supplied.

This necessary interval was very usefully employed, in makingthe convicts fully sensible of the nature of their situation; inpointing out to them the advantages they would derive from goodconduct, and the certainty of severe and immediate punishment incase of turbulence or mutiny. Useful regulations were at the sametime established for the effectual governing of these people; andsuch measures were taken as could not fail to render abortive anyplan they might be desperate enough to form for resistingauthority, seizing any of the transports, or effecting, at anyfavourable period, an escape. We have, however, the testimony ofthose who commanded, that their behaviour, while the shipsremained in port, was regular, humble, and in all respectssuitable to their situation: such as could excite neithersuspicion nor alarm, nor require the exertion of any kind ofseverity.

When the fleet was at length prepared for sailing, thecomplement of convicts and marines on board the transports wasthus arranged. The Friendship carried a Captain and forty-fourmarines, subalterns and privates, with seventy-seven male andtwenty female convicts. The Charlotte, a Captain and forty-threemen, with eighty-eight male and twenty female convicts. In theAlexander, were two Lieutenants and thirty-five marines, with twohundred and thirteen convicts, all male. In the Scarborough, aCaptain and thirty-three marines, with male convicts only, twohundred and eight in number. The Prince of Wales transport hadtwo Lieutenants and thirty marines, with an hundred convicts, allfemale. And the Lady Penrhyn, a Captain, two Lieutenants, andonly three privates, with one hundred and two female convicts.Ten marines, of different denominations, were also sent assupernumeraries on board the Sirius. The whole complement ofmarines, including officers, amounted to two hundred and twelve;besides which, twenty-eight women, wives of marines, carryingwith them seventeen children, were permitted to accompany theirhusbands. The number of convicts was seven hundred andseventy-eight, of whom five hundred and fifty-eight were men.Two, however, on board the Alexander, received a full pardonbefore the departure of the fleet, and consequently remained inEngland.

13 May 1787

Governor Phillip, on his arrival at the station, hoisted hisflag on board the Sirius, as Commodore of the squadron: and theembarkation being completed, and the time requiring hisdeparture, at day break on the 13th of May, he gave the signal toweigh anchor. To the distance of about an hundred leagues clearof the channel, his Majesty's frigate Hyena, of twenty-four guns,was ordered to attend the fleet, in order to bring intelligenceof its passage through that most difficult part of the voyage;with any dispatches which it might be requisite for the Governorto send home.

20 May 1787

On the 20th of May, the ships being then in latitude 47°57', and longitude 12° 14' west of London, the Hyenareturned. She brought, however, no exact account of the state ofthe transports; for the sea at that time ran so high, that theGovernor found it difficult even to sit to write, and quiteimpracticable to send on board the several ships for exactreports of their situation, and of the behaviour of the convicts.All, however, had not been perfectly tranquil; the convicts inthe Scarborough, confiding probably in their numbers, had formeda plan for gaining possession of that ship, which the officershad happily detected and frustrated. This information wasreceived from them just before the Hyena sailed, and the Governorhad ordered two of the ringleaders on board the Sirius forpunishment. These men, after receiving a proper chastisem*nt,were separated from their party by being removed into anothership, the Prince of Wales. No other attempt of this kind was madeduring the voyage.

We may now consider the adventurers in this small fleet asfinally detached, for the present, from their native country;looking forward, doubtless with very various emotions, to thatunknown region, which, for a time at least, they were destined toinhabit. If we would indulge a speculative curiosity, concerningthe tendency of such an enterprize, there are few topics whichwould afford an ampler scope for conjecture. The sanguine mightform expectations of extraordinary consequences, and bejustified, in some degree, by the reflection, that from smaller,and not more respectable beginnings, powerful empires havefrequently arisen. The phlegmatic and apprehensive might magnifyto themselves the difficulties of the undertaking, andprognosticate, from various causes, the total failure of it.Both, perhaps, would be wrong. The opinion nearest to the rightwas probably formed by the Governor himself, and such othersamong the leaders of the expedition, as from native courage, feltthemselves superior to all difficulties likely to occur; and bynative good sense were secured from the seduction of romanticreveries. To all it must appear a striking proof of theflourishing state of navigation in the present age, and asingular illustration of its vast progress since the earlynautical efforts of mankind; that whereas the ancients coastedwith timidity along the shores of the Mediterranean, and thoughtit a great effort to run across the narrow sea which separatesCrete from Egypt, Great Britain, without hesitation, sends out afleet to plant a settlement near the antipodes.

3 June 1787

The high sea which had impeded the intercourse between theships, as they were out of the reach of rocks and shoals, wasnot, in other respects, an unfavourable circ*mstance. On thewhole, therefore, the weather was reckoned fine, and the passagevery prosperous from Spithead to Santa Cruz, in the Isle ofTeneriffe, where the fleet anchored on the 3d of June.

Chapter III.

June 1787

Reasons for touching at the Canary Isles--Precautions forpreserving Health--Their admirable Success--Some Account of theCanaries--Fables respecting them--Attempt of a Convict toescape--Departure.

3 June 1787

The chief object proposed by Governor Phillip in touching atTeneriffe, was the obtaining a fresh supply of water andvegetables. It was adviseable also at this period to give thepeople such advantages and refreshments, for the sake of health,as this place would readily supply, but which can only beobtained on shore. In this, and every port, the crews, soldiers,and convicts, were indulged with fresh meat, fruit, vegetables,and every thing which could conduce to preserve them from thecomplaints formerly inevitable in long voyages. The allowancewas, to the marines, a pound of bread, a pound of beef, and apint of wine per man, daily: the convicts had three quarters of apound of beef, and of bread, but no wine. The fruits obtainedhere were only figs and mulberries, but these were plentiful andexcellent. How successfully precautions of every kind, tending tothis great end, were employed throughout the voyage, the reportsof the number of sick and dead will sufficiently evince.

Captain Cook had very fully shown, how favourable suchexpeditions might be made to the health of those engaged in them;and Governor Phillip was happy enough to confirm the opinion,that the success of his great predecessor, in this essentialpoint, was not in any degree the effect of chance, but arose fromthat care and attention of which he has humanely given us thedetail; and which, in similar circ*mstances, may generally beexpected to produce the same result. If the number of convictswho died between the time of embarkation and the arrival of thefleet at this place, should seem inconsistent with thisassertion, it must be considered that the deaths were confinedentirely to that class of people, many of whom were advanced inyears, or labouring under diseases contracted in prison orelsewhere, while they were yet on shore.

A week was passed at this place, during which time the weatherwas very moderate, the thermometer not exceeding 70° ofFahrenheit's scale. The barometer stood at about 30 inches.

The Governor of the Canaries, at this time, was the Marquis deBrancifort, by birth a Sicilian. He was resident as usual atSanta Cruz, and paid to Governor Phillip, and the other officers,a polite attention and respect equally honourable to all parties.The port of Santa Cruz, though not remarkably fine, is yet thebest in the Canaries, and the usual place at which vessels touchfor refreshment; the residence of the Governor General istherefore fixed always in Teneriffe, for the sake of a morefrequent intercourse with Europe: in preference to the greatCanary Isle, which contains the Metropolitan church, and thepalace of the Bishop. The Marquis de Brancifort has latelyestablished some useful manufactures in Teneriffe.

To enter into much detail concerning the Canary Islands, whichlie exactly in the course of every ship that sails from Europe tothe Cape, and consequently have been described in almost everybook of voyages, must be superfluous. A few general noticesconcerning them may, perhaps, not be unacceptable. They are innumber about fourteen, of which the principal, and onlyconsiderable are, Canary, Teneriffe, Fortaventure, Palma, Ferro,Gomera, Lancerotta. Their distance from the coast of Africa isfrom about forty to eighty leagues. The circumference ofTeneriffe is not above one hundred and twenty miles, but that ofCanary, or as it is usually called, the Great Canary, is onehundred and fifty. They have been possessed and colonized bySpain from the beginning of the 15th century.

There is no reason to doubt that these are the islandsslightly known to the ancients under the name of Fortunate:though the mistake of Ptolemy concerning their latitude has ledone of the commentators on Solinus to contend, that this titlebelongs rather to the Islands of Cape Verd. Pliny mentionsCanaria, and accounts for that name from the number of large dogswhich the island contained; a circ*mstance which some modernvoyagers, perhaps with little accuracy, repeat as havingoccasioned the same name to be given by the Spaniards. Nivaria,spoken of by the same author, is evidently Teneriffe, andsynonymous, if we are rightly informed, to the modern name*.Ombrion, or Pluvialia, is supposed to be Ferro; where the drynessof the soil has at all times compelled the inhabitants to dependfor water on the rains.

[* Occasioned by the perpetual snows with which the Peak iscovered. Tener is said to mean snow, and itte or iffe a mountain,in the language of the island.]

If the ancients made these islands the region of fable, andtheir poets decorated them with imaginary charms to supply thewant of real knowledge, the moderns cannot wholly be exemptedfrom a similar imputation. Travellers have delighted to speak ofthe Peak of Teneriffe, as the highest mountain in the ancientworld, whereas, by the best accounts, Mont Blanc exceeds it* by3523 feet, or near a mile of perpendicular altitude. The Isle ofFerro, having no such mountain to distinguish it, was celebratedfor a century or two on the credit of a miraculous tree, singlein its kind, enveloped in perpetual mists, and distillingsufficient water for the ample supply of the island.** But thiswonder, though vouched by several voyagers, and by some aseye-witnesses, vanished at the approach of sober enquiry, norcould a single native be found hardy enough to assert itsexistence. The truth is, that the Canary Isles, though a valuablepossession to Spain, and an excellent resource to voyagers of allnations, contain no wonders, except what belong naturally tovolcanic mountains such as the Peak, which, though it alwaysthreatens, has not now been noxious for more than eightyyears***.

[* The height of Mont Blanc, on a mean of the best accounts,is 15,673 English feet from the level of the sea, Teneriffe12,150.]

[** Clipperton speaks of it as a fact, Harris's Voyages, Vol.I. p. 187. Mandelsloe pretended to have seen it, ibid. p. 806.Baudrand was the first who by careful enquiry detected thefiction. An account of this imaginary tree, curious from being socirc*mstantial, is here given from a French book of geography, ofsome credit in other respects. "Mais ce qu'il-y-a de plus dignede remarque, est cet arbre merveilleux qui fournit d'eau toutel'isle, tant pour les hommes que pour les bêtes. Cet arbre,que les habitans appellent Caroë, Garoë, ou ArbreSaint, unique en son espéce, est gros, et large debranches; son tronc a environ douze pieds de tour; ses feuillessont un peu plus grosses que celles des noiers, et toujoursvertes; il porte un fruit, semblable à un gland, qui a unnoiau d'un goût aromatique, doux et piquant. Cet arbre estperpétuellement convert d'un nuage, qui l'humecte partout,en sorte que l'eau en distille goutte à goutte par lesbranches et par les feuilles, en telle quantité qu'on enpeut emplir trente tonneaux par jour. Cette eau estextrémement fraiche, claire, fort bonne a boire, et fortsaine. Elle tombe dans deux bassins de pierre que les insulairesont bâtis pour la recevoir. La nuage qui couvre cet arbrene se dissipe pas; settlement dans les grandes chaleurs del'été il se diminue un peu; mais en échangela mer envoie une vapeur epaisse, qui se jette sur l'arbre, etqui supplée a ce manquement." Du Bois Geogr. Part. iii.ch. 17. Can all this have arisen from Pliny's arbores ex quibusaquae exprimantur?]

[*** See Captain Glasse's elaborate account of the Canaries,and Captain Cook's last Voyage.]

The capital of Teneriffe is Laguna, or more properly SanChristoval de la Laguna, St. Christopher of the Lake, so calledfrom its situation near a lake. Both this and Santa Cruz arebuilt of stone, but the appearance of the latter is more pleasingthan that of Laguna. They are distant from each other about fourmiles. The capital of the Great Canary, and properly of the wholegovernment, is the City of Palms: But that place has been forsome time the centre of ecclesiastical government only. Thecustom of reckoning the first meridian as passing through theseisles was begun by Ptolemy; and perhaps it is still to be wishedthat the French regulations on that subject were generallyadopted.

9 June 1787.

Our ships were at length preparing to depart, when on theevening of the 9th of June, a convict belonging to the Alexander,having been employed on deck, found means to cut away the boat,and make a temporary escape; but he was missed and soon retaken.It is not probable that he had formed any definite plan ofescape; the means of absconding must have been accidentallyoffered, and suddenly embraced; and for making such an attempt,the vague hope of liberty, without any certain prospect, wouldnaturally afford sufficient temptation.

10 June 1787

By the 10th of June the ships had completed their water, andearly the next morning, the Governor gave the signal for weighinganchor, and the fleet pursued its course.

Report of the marines and convicts under medical treatment,given in to Governor Phillip, June 4th, 1787.

Charlotte, -- Marines 4 Convicts 16 Alexander, -- Marines 2Convicts 26 Scarborough, -- Marine 1 Convicts 9 Friendship, --Convicts 13 Lady Penrhyn, Convicts 11 Prince of Wales, Marines 2Convicts 7 --- Total Marines 9 Convicts 72

Convicts dead since the first embarkation 21 Children ofconvicts 3

Of these only fifteen, and one child, had died since thedeparture from Spithead.

Chapter IV.

June 1787 to September 1787

Attempt to put in at Port Praya--Relinquished--Weather--Sailfor Rio de Faneiro--Reasons for touching at a South Americanport--The Fleet passes the Line--Arrives at Rio deFaneiro--Account of that Place--Transactionsthere--Departure.

Vegetables not having been so plentiful at Santa Cruz as toafford a sufficient supply, it was the intention of GovernorPhillip to anchor for about twenty-four hours in the Bay of PortPraya. The islands on this side of the Atlantic, seem as ifexpressly placed to facilitate the navigation to and from theCape of Good Hope: by offering to vessels, without any materialvariation from their course, admirable stations for supply andrefreshment. About latitude 40, north, the Azores; in 33, theMadeiras; between 29 and 27, the Canaries; and between 18 and 16,the Islands of Cape Verd, successively offer themselves to thevoyager, affording abundantly every species of accommodation hiscirc*mstances can require. On the Southern side of the Equator, agood harbour and abundance of turtles give some consequence evento the little barren island of Ascension; and St. Helena, by theindustry of the English settlers, has become the seat of plentyand of elegance. Without the assistance derived, in going orreturning, from some of these places, the interval of near fortydegrees on each side of the line, in a sea exposed to violentheat, and subject to tedious calms, would be sufficient todiscourage even the navigators of the eighteenth century.

18 June 1787

On the 18th of June, the fleet came in sight of the Cape VerdIslands, and was directed by signal to steer for St. Jago. Butthe want of favourable wind, and the opposition of a strongcurrent making it probable that all the ships would not be ableto get into the Bay, the Governor thought it best to change hisplan. The signal for anchoring was hauled down, and the shipswere directed to continue their first course; a circ*mstance ofmuch disappointment to many individuals on board, who, as isnatural in long voyages, were eager on every occasion to enjoythe refreshments of the shore. As an additional incitement tosuch wishes, the weather had now become hot; the thermometerstood at 82°, which, though not an immoderate heat for atropical climate, is sufficient to produce considerableannoyance. But, unmoved by any consideration except that ofexpedience, Governor Phillip persisted in conducting his ships totheir next intended station, the harbour of Rio de Janeiro.

It may appear perhaps, on a slight consideration, ratherextraordinary, that vessels bound to the Cape of Good Hope shouldfind it expedient to touch at a harbour of South America. To runacross the Atlantic, and take as a part of their course, thatcoast, the very existence of which was unknown to the firstnavigators of these seas, seems a very circuitous method ofperforming the voyage. A little examination will remove thisapparent difficulty. The calms so frequent on the African side,are of themselves a sufficient cause to induce a navigator tokeep a very westerly course; and even the islands at which it isso often convenient to touch will carry him within a few degreesof the South American coast.--The returning tracks of CaptainCooks's three voyages all run within a very small space of the45th degree of west longitude, which is even ten degrees furtherto the west than the extremity of Cape St. Roque: and that courseappears to have been taken voluntarily, without any extraordinaryinducement. But in the latitudes to which Governor Phillip'ssquadron had now arrived, the old and new continent approach sonear to each other, that in avoiding the one it becomes necessaryto run within a very moderate distance of the opposite land.

In the passage from the Cape Verd Islands, the fleet sufferedfor some time the inconvenience of great heat, attended by heavyrains. The heat, however, did not at any time exceed the pointalready specified,* and the precautions unremittingly observed inall the ships happily continued efficacious in preventing anyviolent sickness. Nor did the oppression of the hot weathercontinue so long as in these latitudes might have been expected;for before they reached the equator the temperature had becomemuch more moderate.

[* 82°, 51. It is not unusual in England, to have thethermometer, for a day or two in a summer, at 81°.]

5 July 1787

On July 5, 1787, being then in long. 26° 10' west fromGreenwich, the Botany Bay fleet passed from the Northern into theSouthern Hemisphere. About three weeks more of very favourableand pleasant weather conveyed them to Rio de Janeiro.

5-6 August 1787

On the 5th of August they anchored off the harbour, and on theevening of the 6th were at their station within it. The land ofCape Frio had been discovered some days before, but a deficiencyof wind from that time a little slackened their course.

Rio de Janeiro, or January River, so called because discoveredby Dias de Solis on the feast of St. Januarius, (Sept. 19) 1525,is not in fact a river, though its name denotes that it was thensupposed to be so: it is an arm of the sea, into which aconsiderable number of small rivers descends.

The city of Rio de Janeiro, called by some writers St.Sebastian, from the name of its tutelar patron, is situated onthe west side of this bay, within less than a degree of thetropic of Capricorn, and about 43° west of Greenwich. It isat present the capital of all Brasil, and has been for some timethe residence of the Viceroy. These distinctions it obtained inpreference to St. Salvador, which was formerly the capital, bymeans of the diamond mines discovered in its vicinity, in theyear 1730. The place increasing rapidly by the wealth thusbrought to it, was fortified and put under the care of a governorin 1738. The port is one of the finest in the world, very narrowat the entrance, and within capacious enough to contain moreships than ever were assembled at one station. It has soundingsfrom twenty to one hundred and twenty fathoms. A hill shaped likea sugar loaf, situated on the west side, marks the proper bearingfor entering the harbour: the situation of which is fully pointedout at the distance of two leagues and a half by some smallislands, one of which, called Rodonda, is very high, and in formnot unlike a hayco*ck. The mouth of the harbour is defended byforts, particularly two, called Santa Cruz and Lozia; and theusual anchorage within it is before the city, north of a smallisland named Dos Cobras.

There are in this port established fees, which are paid by allmerchant ships, Portuguese as well as strangers: 3l. 12s. each onentering the bay, the same on going out, and 5s. 6d. a day whilethey remain at anchor. The entrance fee was demanded for thetransports in this expedition, but when Governor Phillip hadalledged that they were loaded with King's stores, the paymentwas no more insisted upon. Nevertheless, the Captain of the Portgave his attendance, with his boat's crew, to assist the ships incoming in, there being at that time only a light air, hardlysufficient to carry them up the bay.

In the narrative of Captain Cook's Voyage in 1768, we find, onhis arrival at this place, great appearance of suspicion on thepart of the Viceroy, harsh prohibitions of landing, even to thegentlemen employed in philosophical researches, and someproceedings rather of a violent nature. The reception given bythe present Viceroy to Governor Phillip and his officers was verydifferent: it was polite and flattering to a great degree, andfree from every tincture of jealous caution.

Don Lewis de Varconcellos, the reigning Viceroy, belongs toone of the noblest families in Portugal; is brother to theMarquis of Castello Methor, and to the Count of Pombeiro.Governor Phillip, who served for some years as a Captain in thePortuguese navy, and is deservedly much honoured by that nation,was not personally unknown to the Viceroy, though known in a waywhich, in a less liberal mind, might have produced very differentdispositions. There had been some difference between them, on apublic account, in this port, when Governor Phillip commanded theEurope: each party had acted merely for the honour of the nationto which he belonged, and the Viceroy, with the true spirit of aman of honour, far from resenting a conduct so similar to hisown, seemed now to make it his object to obliterate everyrecollection of offence. As soon as he was fully informed of thenature of Governor Phillip's commission, he gave it out in ordersto the garrison that the same honours should be paid to thatofficer as to himself. This distinction the Governor modestlywished to decline, but was not permitted. His officers were allintroduced to the Viceroy, and were, as well as himself, receivedwith every possible mark of attention to them, and regard fortheir country. They were allowed to visit all parts of the city,and even to make excursions as far as five miles into thecountry, entirely unattended: an indulgence very unusual tostrangers, and considering what we read of the jealousy of thePortuguese Government respecting its diamond mines, the moreextraordinary.

Provisions were here so cheap, that notwithstanding theallowance of meat was fixed by Governor Phillip at twenty ouncesa day, the men were victualled completely, rice, freshvegetables, and firing included, at three-pence three-farthings ahead. Wine was not at this season to be had, except from theretail dealers, less was therefore purchased than would otherwisehave been taken. Rum, however, was laid in; and all such seedsand plants procured as were thought likely to flourish on thecoast of New South Wales, particularly coffee, indigo, cotton,and the cochineal fig.* As a substitute for bread, if it shouldbecome scarce, one hundred sacks of cassada were purchased at avery advantageous price.

[* Cactus Cochinilifer, of Linnaeus.]

Cassada, the bread of thousands in the tropical climates,affords one of those instances in which the ingenuity of manmight be said to triumph over the intentions of nature, were itnot evidently the design of Providence that we should in all waysexert our invention and sagacity to the utmost, for our ownsecurity and support. It is the root of a shrub called Cassada,or Cassava Jatropha, and in its crude state is highly poisonous.By washing, pressure, and evaporation, it is deprived of all itsnoxious qualities, and being formed into cakes becomes asalubrious and not an unpalatable substitute for bread.

By the indulgence of the Viceroy, the deficiency in themilitary stores observed at the departure of the transports fromEngland, was made up by a supply purchased from the Royalarsenal; nor was any assistance withheld which either the placeafforded, or the stores of government could furnish.

The circ*mstances, which in this place most astonish astranger, and particularly a Protestant, are, the great abundanceof images dispersed throughout the city, and the devotion paid tothem. They are placed at the corner of almost every street, andare never passed without a respectful salutation; but at nightthey are constantly surrounded by their respective votaries, whooffer up their prayers aloud, and make the air resound in allquarters with the notes of their hymns. The strictness of mannersin the inhabitants is not said to be at all equivalent to thewarmth of this devotion; but in all countries and climates it isfound much easier to perform external acts of reputed piety, thanto acquire the internal habits so much more essential. It must beowned, however, that our people did not find the ladies soindulgent as some voyagers have represented them.

It was near a month before Governor Phillip could furnish hisships with every thing which it was necessary they should nowprocure. At length, on the 4th of September he weighed anchor,and as he passed the fort, received from the Viceroy the lastcompliment it was in his power to pay, being saluted withtwenty-one guns. The salute was returned by an equal number fromthe Sirius; and thus ended an intercourse honourable to bothnations, and particularly to the principal officer employed inthe service of each.

Chapter V.

September 1787 to January 1788

Prospercus passage from Rio to the Cape--Account of theHarbours there--The Cape of Good Hope not the most Southernpoint--Height of Table Mountain and others--Supineness of theEuropean nations in neglecting to occupy the Cape--Live stocklaid in--Departure--Separation of the fleet--Arrival of theSupply at Botany Bay.

4 September 1787

A Prosperous course by sea, like a state of profound peace andtranquility in civil society, though most advantageous to thosewho enjoy it, is unfavourable to the purposes of narration. Thestriking facts which the writer exerts himself to record, and thereader is eager to peruse, arise only from difficult situations:uniform prosperity is described in very few words. Of thisacceptable but unproductive kind was the passage of the BotanyBay fleet from Rio de Janeiro to the Cape of Good Hope; uniformlyfavourable, and not marked by any extraordinary incidents. Thisrun, from about lat. 22° south, long. 43 west of London, tolat. 34° south, long. 18° east of London, a distance ofabout four thousand miles, was performed in thirty-nine days: forhaving left Rio on the 4th of September, on the 13th of Octoberthe ships came to anchor in Table Bay. Here they were to taketheir final refreshment, and lay in every kind of stock withwhich they were not already provided. In this period noadditional lives had been lost, except that of a single convictbelonging to the Charlotte transport, who fell accidentally intothe sea, and could not by any efforts be recovered.

13 October 1787

Table Bay, on the north-west side of the Cape of Good Hope, isnamed from the Table Mountain, a promontory of considerableelevation, at the foot of which, and almost in the centre of theBay, stands Cape Town, the principal Dutch settlement in thisterritory. This Bay cannot properly be called a port, being by nomeans a station of security; it is exposed to all the violence ofthe winds which set into it from the sea; and is far fromsufficiently secured from those which blow from the land. Thegusts which descend from the summit of Table Mountain aresufficient to force ships from their anchors, and even violentlyto annoy persons on the shore, by destroying any tents or othertemporary edifices which may be erected, and raising clouds offine dust, which produce very troublesome effects. A gale of thiskind, from the south-east, blew for three days successively whenCapt. Cook lay here in his first voyage, at which time, heinforms us, the Resolution was the only ship in the harbour thathad not dragged her anchors. The storms from the sea are stillmore formidable; so much so, that ships have frequently beendriven by them from their anchorage, and wrecked at the head ofthe Bay. But these accidents happen chiefly in the quaademousson, or winter months, from May 14 to the same day of August;during which time few ships venture to anchor here. Our fleet,arriving later, lay perfectly unmolested as long as it wasnecessary for it to remain in this station.

False Bay, on the south-east side of the Cape, is more securethan Table Bay, during the prevalence of the north-west winds,but still less so in strong gales from the south-east. It ishowever less frequented, being twenty-four miles of very heavyroad distant from Cape Town, whence almost all necessaries mustbe procured. The most sheltered part of False Bay is a recess onthe west side, called Simon's Bay.

The Cape of Good Hope, though popularly called, and perhapspretty generally esteemed so, is not in truth the most southernpoint of Africa. The land which projects furthest to the south isa point to the east of it, called by the English Cape Lagullus; aname corrupted from the original Portugueze das Agulhas, which,as well as the French appellation des Aiguilles, is descriptiveof its form, and would rightly be translated Needle Cape. Threeeminences, divided by very narrow passes, and appearing in adistant view like three summits of the same mountain, stand atthe head of Table Bay.--They are however of different heights, bywhich difference, as well as by that of their shape, they may bedistinguished. Table Mountain is so called from its appearance,as it terminates in a flat horizontal surface, from which theface of the rock descends almost perpendicularly. This mountainrises to about 3567 feet above the level of the sea. Devil'sHead, called also Charles mountain, is situated to the east ofthe former, and is not above 3368 feet in height; and on the westside of Table Mountain, Lion's Head, whose name is also meant tobe descriptive, does not exceed 2764 feet. In the neighbourhoodof the latter lies Constantia, a district consisting of twofarms, wherein the famous wines of that name are produced.

Our voyagers found provisions less plentiful and lessreasonable in price at Cape Town than they had been taught toexpect. Board and lodging, which are to be had only in privatehouses, stood the officers in two rix-dollars a day, which isnear nine shillings sterling. This town, the only place in thewhole colony to which that title can be applied with propriety,is of no great extent; it does not in any part exceed two miles:and the country, colonized here by the Dutch, is in general sounfavourable to cultivation, that it is not without someastonishment that we find them able to raise provisions from itin sufficient abundance to supply themselves, and the ships of somany nations which constantly resort to the Cape.

When we consider the vast advantages derived by the Dutchcolonists from this traffic, and the almost indispensiblenecessity by which navigators of all nations are driven to seekrefreshment there, it cannot but appear extraordinary, that fromthe discovery of the Cape in 1493, by Barthelemi Diaz, to theyear 1650, when, at the suggestion of John Van Riebeck, the firstDutch colony was sent, a spot so very favourable to commerce andnavigation should have remained unoccupied by Europeans. Perhapsall the perseverance of the Dutch character was necessary even tosuggest the idea of maintaining an establishment in a soil soburnt by the sun, and so little disposed to repay the toil of thecultivator. The example and success of this people may serve,however, as an useful instruction to all who in greatundertakings are deterred by trifling obstacles; and who, ratherthan contend with difficulties, are inclined to relinquish themost evident advantages.

But though the country near the Cape had not charms enough torender it as pleasing as that which surrounds Rio de Janeiro, yetthe Governor, Mynheer Van Graaffe, was not far behind the Viceroyof Brazil in attention to the English officers. They wereadmitted to his table, where they were elegantly entertained, andhad reason to be pleased in all respects with his behaviour anddisposition. Yet the minds of his people were not at this time ina tranquil state; the accounts from Holland were such asoccasioned much uneasiness, and great preparations were making atthe fort, from apprehension of a rupture with some otherpower.

In the course of a month, the live stock and other provisionswere procured; and the ships, having on board not less than fivehundred animals of different kinds, but chiefly poultry, put onan appearance which naturally enough excited the idea of Noah'sark. This supply, considering that the country had previouslysuffered from a dearth, was very considerable; but it waspurchased of course at a higher expence considerably than itwould have been in a time of greater plenty.

12 November 1787

On the 12th of November the fleet set sail, and was for manydays much delayed by strong winds from the south-east.

25 November 1787

On the 25th, being then only 80 leagues to the eastward of theCape, Governor Phillip left the Sirius and went on board theSupply tender; in hopes, by leaving the convoy, to gainsufficient time for examining the country round Botany Bay, so asto fix on the situation most eligible for the colony, before thetransports should arrive. At the same time he ordered the agentsfor the transports, who were in the Alexander, to separatethemselves from the convoy with that ship, the Scarborough andFriendship, which, as they were better sailors than the rest,might reasonably be expected sooner: in which case, by the labourof the convicts they had on board, much might be done in makingthe necessary preparations for landing the provisions andstores.

Major Ross, the Commandant of Marines, now left the Sirius,and went on board the Scarborough, that he might accompany thatpart of the detachment which probably would be landed first.Captain Hunter, in the Sirius, was to follow with thestore-ships, and the remainder of the transports; and he had thenecessary instructions for his future proceedings, in case theSupply had met with any accident. Lieutenant Gidley King, sinceappointed Commandant of Norfolk Island, accompanied GovernorPhillip in the Supply.

3 January 1788

From this time to the 3d of January, 1788, the winds were asfavourable as could be wished, blowing generally in very stronggales from the north-west, west, and south-west. Once only thewind had shifted to the east, but continued in that direction notmore than a few hours. Thus assisted, the Supply, which sailedbut very indifferently, and turned out, from what she hadsuffered in the voyage, to be hardly a safe conveyance, performedin fifty-one days a voyage of more than seven thousand miles. Onthe day abovementioned she was within sight of the coast of NewSouth Wales. But the winds then became variable, and a current,which at times set very strongly to the southward, so muchimpeded her course, that it was not till the 18th that shearrived at Botany Bay.

Chapter VI.

January 1788

First interview with the natives--the bay examined--arrival ofthe whole fleet--Port Jackson examined--second interview with thenatives--and third--Governor Phillip returns to Botany Bay--andgives orders for the evacuation of it.

18 January 1788

At the very first landing of Governor Phillip on the shore ofBotany Bay, an interview with the natives took place. They wereall armed, but on seeing the Governor approach with signs offriendship, alone and unarmed, they readily returned hisconfidence by laying down their weapons. They were perfectlydevoid of cloathing, yet seemed fond of ornaments, putting thebeads and red baize that were given them, on their heads ornecks, and appearing pleased to wear them. The presents offeredby their new visitors were all readily accepted, nor did any kindof disagreement arise while the ships remained in Botany Bay.This very pleasing effect was produced in no small degree by thepersonal address, as well as by the great care and attention ofthe Governor. Nor were the orders which enforced a conduct sohumane, more honourable to the persons from whom they originated,than the punctual execution of them was to the officers sent out:it was evident that their wishes coincided with their duty; andthat a sanguinary temper was no longer to disgrace the Europeansettlers in countries newly discovered.

The next care after landing was the examination of the bayitself, from which it appeared that, though extensive, it did notafford a shelter from the easterly winds: and that, inconsequence of its shallowness, ships even of a moderate draught,would always be obliged to anchor with the entrance of the bayopen, where they must be exposed to a heavy sea, that rolls inwhenever it blows hard from the eastward.

Several runs of fresh water were found in different parts ofthe bay, but there did not appear to be any situation to whichthere was not some very strong objection. In the northern part ofit is a small creek, which runs a considerable way into thecountry, but it has water only for a boat, the sides of it arefrequently overflowed, and the low lands near it are a perfectswamp. The western branch of the bay is continued to a greatextent, but the officers sent to examine it could not find thereany supply of fresh water, except in very small drains.

Point Sutherland offered the most eligible situation, having arun of good water, though not in very great abundance. But tothis part of the harbour the ships could not approach, and theground near it, even in the higher parts, was in general damp andspungy. Smaller numbers might indeed in several spots have founda comfortable residence, but no place was found in the wholecircuit of Botany Bay which seemed at all calculated for thereception of so large a settlement. While this examination wascarried on, the whole fleet had arrived. The Supply had not somuch outsailed the other ships as to give Governor Phillip theadvantage he had expected in point of time. On the 19th ofJanuary, the Alexander, Scarborough, and Friendship, cast anchorin Botany Bay; and on the 20th, the Sirius, with the remainder ofthe convoy*. These ships had all continued very healthy; they hadnot, however, yet arrived at their final station.

[* The annexed view of Botany Bay, represents the Supply, etc.at anchor, and the Sirius with her convoy coming into thebay.]

The openness of this bay, and the dampness of the soil, bywhich the people would probably be rendered unhealthy, hadalready determined the Governor to seek another situation. Heresolved, therefore, to examine Port Jackson, a bay mentioned byCaptain Cook as immediately to the north of this. There he hopedto find, not only a better harbour, but a fitter place for theestablishment of his new government. But that no time might belost, in case of a disappointment in these particulars, theground near Point Sutherland was ordered immediately to becleared, and preparations to be made for landing, under thedirection of the Lieutenant Governor.

These arrangements having been settled, Governor Phillipprepared to proceed to the examination of Port Jackson: and asthe time of his absence, had he gone in the Supply, must havebeen very uncertain, he went round with three boats; taking withhim Captain Hunter and several other officers, that by examiningseveral parts of the harbour at once the greater dispatch mightbe made.

22d January, 1788.

On the 22d of January they set out upon this expedition, andearly in the afternoon arrived at Port Jackson, which is distantabout three leagues. Here all regret arising from the formerdisappointments was at once obliterated; and Governor Phillip hadthe satisfaction to find one of the finest harbours in the world,in which a thousand sail of the line might ride in perfectsecurity.

The different coves of this harbour were examined with allpossible expedition, and the preference was given to one whichhad the finest spring of water, and in which ships can anchor soclose to the shore, that at a very small expence quays may beconstructed at which the largest vessels may unload. This cove isabout half a mile in length, and a quarter of a mile across atthe entrance. In honour of Lord Sydney, the Governordistinguished it by the name of Sydney Cove.

On the arrival of the boats at Port Jackson, a second party ofthe natives made its appearance near the place of landing. Thesealso were armed with lances, and at first were very vociferous;but the same gentle means used towards the others easilypersuaded these also to discard their suspicions, and to acceptwhatsoever was offered. One man in particular, who appeared to bethe chief of this tribe, shewed very singular marks both ofconfidence in his new friends, and of determined resolution.Under the guidance of Governor Phillip, to whom he voluntarilyintrusted himself, he went to a part of the beach where the menbelonging to the boats were then boiling their meat: when heapproached the marines, who were drawn up near that place, andsaw that by proceeding he should be separated from hiscompanions, who remained with several of the officers at somedistance, he stopped, and with great firmness, seemed by wordsand gestures to threaten revenge if any advantage should be takenof his situation. He then went on with perfect calmness toexamine what was boiling in the pot, and by the manner in whichhe expressed his admiration, made it evident that he intended toprofit by what he saw. Governor Phillip contrived to make himunderstand that large shells might conveniently be used for thesame purpose, and it is probable that by these hints, added tohis own observation, he will be enabled to introduce the art ofboiling among his countrymen. Hitherto they appear to have knownno other way of dressing food than broiling. Their methods ofkindling fire are probably very imperfect and laborious, for itis observed that they usually keep it burning, and are veryrarely seen without either a fire actually made, or a piece oflighted wood, which they carry with them from place to place, andeven in their canoes.* The perpetual fires, which in somecountries formed a part of the national religion, had perhaps noother origin than a similar inability to produce it at pleasure;and if we suppose the original flame to have been kindled bylightning, the fiction of its coming down from heaven will befound to deviate very little from the truth.

[* In Hawksw. Voy. vol. iii. p. 234, it is said that theyproduce fire with great facility, etc. which account is the morecorrect, time will probably show.]

In passing near a point of land in this harbour, the boatswere perceived by a number of the natives, twenty of whom wadedinto the water unarmed, received what was offered them, andexamined the boat with a curiosity which impressed a higher ideaof them than any former accounts of their manners had suggested.This confidence, and manly behaviour, induced Governor Phillip,who was highly pleased with it, to give the place the name ofManly Cove. The same people afterwards joined the party at theplace where they had landed to dine. They were then armed, two ofthem with shields and swords, the rest with lances only. Theswords were made of wood, small in the gripe, and apparently lessformidable than a good stick. One of these men had a kind ofwhite clay rubbed upon the upper part of his face, so as to havethe appearance of a mask. This ornament, if it can be calledsuch, is not common among them, and is probably assumed only onparticular occasions, or as a distinction to a few individuals.One woman had been seen on the rocks as the boats passed, withher face, neck and breasts thus painted, and to our peopleappeared the most disgusting figure imaginable; her owncountrymen were perhaps delighted by the beauty of theeffect.

During the preparation for dinner the curiosity of thesevisitors rendered them very troublesome, but an innocentcontrivance altogether removed the inconvenience. GovernorPhillip drew a circle round the place where the English were, andwithout much difficulty made the natives understand that theywere not to pass that line; after which they sat down in perfectquietness. Another proof how tractable these people are, when noinsult or injury is offered, and when proper means are toinfluence the simplicity of their minds.

24 January 1788

January 24th, 1788. On the 24th of January, Governor Philliphaving sufficiently explored Port Jackson, and found it in allrespects highly calculated to receive such a settlement as he wasappointed to establish, returned to Botany Bay. On his arrivalthere, the reports made to him, both of the ground which thepeople were clearing, and of the upper parts of the Bay, which inthis interval had been more particularly examined, were in thegreatest degree unfavourable. It was impossible after this tohesitate concerning the choice of a situation; and orders wereaccordingly issued for the removal of the whole fleet to PortJackson.

That Botany Bay should have appeared to Captain Cook in a moreadvantageous light than to Governor Phillip, is not by any meansextraordinary. Their objects were very different; the onerequired only shelter and refreshment for a small vessel, andduring but a short time: the other had great numbers to providefor, and was necessitated to find a place wherein ships of veryconsiderable burthen might approach the shore with ease, and lieat all times in perfect security. The appearance of the place ispicturesque and pleasing, and the ample harvest it afforded, ofbotanical acquisitions, made it interesting to the philosophicalgentlemen engaged in that expedition; but something moreessential than beauty of appearance, and more necessary thanphilosophical riches, must be sought in a place where thepermanent residence of multitudes is to be established.

Chapter VII.

January 1788

Removal from Botany Bay--Arrival of two French ships--Accountof them--Preparations for encampment--Difficulties--Scurvy breaksout--Account of the red and yellow gum trees.

24 January 1788

Preparations for a general removal were now made with allconvenient expedition: but on the morning of the 24th thegreatest astonishment was spread throughout the fleet by theappearance of two ships, under French colours. In this remoteregion visitors from Europe were very little expected, and theirarrival, while the cause of it remained unknown, produced in someminds a temporary apprehension, accompanied by a multiplicity ofconjectures, many of them sufficiently ridiculous. GovernorPhillip was the first to recollect that two ships had been sentout some time before from France for the purpose of discovery,and rightly concluded these to be the same. But as the oppositionof the wind, and a strong current prevented them at present fromworking into the harbour, and even drove them out of sight againto the south, he did not think proper to delay his departure forthe sake of making further enquiry.

25 January 1788

On the 25th of January therefore, seven days after the arrivalof the Supply, Governor Phillip quitted Botany Bay in the sameship, and sailed to Port Jackson. The rest of the fleet, underconvoy of the Sirius, was ordered to follow, as soon as theabatement of the wind, which then blew a strong gale, shouldfacilitate its working out of the Bay. The Supply was scarcelyout of sight when the French ships again appeared off the mouthof the harbour, and a boat was immediately sent to them, withoffers of every kind of information and assistance theirsituation could require. It was now learnt that these were, asthe Governor had supposed, the Boussole and the Astrolabe, on avoyage of discovery, under the conduct of Monsieur LaPerouse.

26 January 1788

On the 26th, the transports and store ships, attended by theSirius, finally evacuated Botany Bay; and in a very short timethey were all assembled in Sydney Cove, the place now destinedfor their port, and for the reception of the new settlement. TheFrench ships had come to anchor in Botany Bay just before thedeparture of the Sirius; and during the intercourse which thentook place, M. la Perouse had expressed a strong desire of havingsome letters conveyed to Europe. Governor Phillip was no soonerinformed of this, than he dispatched an officer to him with fullinformation of the time when it was probable our ships wouldsail, and with assurances that his letters should be punctuallytransmitted. By this officer the following intelligence wasbrought back concerning the voyage of the Astrolabe andBoussole.

These vessels had sailed from France in June 1785. They hadtouched at the Isle of Santa Catharina on the coast of Brasil,from thence had gone by the extremity of South America into thePacific Ocean, where they had run along by the coasts of Chiliand California. They had afterwards visited Easter Island, NootkaSound, Cook's River, Kamschatka, Manilla, the Isles desNavigateurs, Sandwich and the Friendly Islands. M. la Perouse hadalso anchored off Norfolk Island, but could not land, on accountof the surf. In this long voyage he had not lost any of hispeople by sickness; but two boats crews had unfortunatelyperished in a surf on the north-west coast of America; and atMasuna, one of the Isles des Navigateurs, M. L'Angle, Captain ofthe Astrolabe, had met with a fate still more unfortunate. Thatofficer had gone ashore with two long boats for the purpose offilling some water casks. His party amounted to forty men, andthe natives, from whom the French had received abundance ofrefreshments, and with whom they had been uniformly on the bestterms, did not on their landing show any signs of a change ofdisposition. Malice unprovoked, and treachery without a motive,seem inconsistent even with the manners of savages; the Frenchofficers therefore, confiding in this unbroken state of amity,had suffered their boats to lie aground. But whether it were thatthe friendly behaviour of the natives had proceeded only fromfear, or that some unknown offence had been given, they seizedthe moment when the men were busied in getting out the boats, tomake an attack equally furious and unexpected. The assault wasmade with stones, of which prodigious numbers were thrown withextraordinary force and accuracy of direction. To this treacheryM. L'Angle fell a sacrifice, and with him twelve of his party,officers and men, the long-boats were destroyed, and theremainder of those who had gone ashore escaped with difficulty intheir small boats. The ships in the mean time were under sail,and having passed a point of land that intercepted the view, knewnothing of this melancholy and unaccountable affray till theboats returned. This fatal result from too implicit a confidence,may, perhaps very properly, increase the caution of Europeans intheir commerce with savages, but ought not to excite suspicion.The resentments of such people are sudden and sanguinary, and,where the intercourse of language is wanting, may easily beawakened by misapprehension: but it seems possible to treat themwith sufficient marks of confidence, without abandoning theguards of prudence. Offence is often given by the men, while theofficers are most studious to preserve harmony, and against thetransports of rage which arise on such occasions, it is alwaysnecessary to be prepared. Perhaps, also, a degree of awe shouldalways be kept up, even to preserve their friendship. It has beenuniformly remarked by our people, that defenceless stragglers aregenerally ill-treated by the natives of New South Wales, whiletowards parties armed and on their guard, they behave in the mostamicable manner.

The debarkation was now made at Sydney Cove, and the work ofclearing the ground for the encampment, as well as for thestorehouses and other buildings, was begun without loss of time.But the labour which attended this necessary operation wasgreater than can easily be imagined by those who were notspectators of it. The coast, as well as the neighbouring countryin general, is covered with wood; and though in this spot thetrees stood more apart, and were less incumbered with underwoodthan in many other places, yet their magnitude was such as torender not only the felling, but the removal of them afterwards,a task of no small difficulty. By the habitual indolence of theconvicts, and the want of proper overseers to keep them to theirduty, their labour was rendered less efficient than it might havebeen.

26 January 1788

In the evening of the 26th the colours were displayed onshore, and the Governor, with several of his principal officersand others, assembled round the flag-staff, drank the king'shealth, and success to the settlement, with all that display ofform which on such occasions is esteemed propitious, because itenlivens the spirits, and fills the imagination with pleasingpresages. From this time to the end of the first week in Februaryall was hurry and exertion. They who gave orders and they whor*ceived them were equally occupied; nor is it easy to conceive abusier scene than this part of the coast exhibited during thecontinuance of these first efforts towards establishment. Theplan of the encampment was quickly formed, and places were markedout for every different purpose, so as to introduce, as much aspossible, strict order and regularity. The materials and framework to construct a slight temporary habitation for the Governor,had been brought out from England ready formed: these were landedand put together with as much expedition as the circ*mstanceswould allow. Hospital tents were also without delay erected, forwhich there was soon but too much occasion. In the passage fromthe Cape there had been but little sickness, nor had many diedeven among the convicts; but soon after landing, a dysenteryprevailed, which in several instances proved fatal, and thescurvy began to rage with a virulence which kept the hospitaltents generally supplied with patients. For those afflicted withthis disorder, the advantage of fish or other fresh provisionscould but rarely be procured; nor were esculent vegetables oftenobtained in sufficient plenty to produce any material alleviationof the complaint. In the dysentery, the red gum of the tree whichprincipally abounds on this coast, was found a very powerfulremedy. The yellow gum has been discovered to possess the sameproperty, but in an inferior degree.

The tree which yields the former kind of gum is veryconsiderable in size, and grows to a great height before it putsout any branches. The red gum is usually compared to that calledsanguis draconis, but differs from it by being perfectly solublein water, whereas the other, being more properly a resin, willnot dissolve except in spirits of wine. It may be drawn from thetree by tapping, or taken out of the veins of the wood when dry,in which it is copiously distributed. The leaves are long andnarrow, not unlike those of a willow. The wood is heavy and finegrained, but being much intersected by the channels containingthe gum, splits and warps in such a manner as soon to becomeentirely useless; especially when worked up, as necessity atfirst occasioned it to be, without having been properlyseasoned.

The yellow gum as it is called, is strictly a resin, not beingat all soluble in water; in appearance it strongly resemblesgamboge, but has not the property of staining. The plant thatproduces it is low and small, with long grassy leaves; but thefructification of it shoots out in a singular manner from thecentre of the leaves, on a single straight stem, to the height oftwelve or fourteen feet. Of this stem, which is strong and light,like some of the reed class, the natives usually make theirspears; sometimes pointing them with a piece of the samesubstance made sharp, but more frequently with bone. The resin isgenerally dug up out of the soil under the tree, not collectedfrom it, and may perhaps be that which Tasman calls "gum lac ofthe ground." The form of this plant is very exactly delineated inthe annexed plate, and its proportion to other trees may becollected from the plate, entitled, A View in New South Wales, inwhich many of this species are introduced.

The month of February was ushered in by a very violent stormof thunder and rain. The lightning struck and shivered a tree,under which a shed had been erected for some sheep, and five ofthose animals were at the same time unfortunately destroyed byit. The encampment still went on with great alacrity, so that inthe beginning of this month the work of building publicstorehouses was undertaken; and unremitting diligence began,though very gradually, to triumph over the obstacles which thenature of the place presented.

Chapter VIII.

February 1788

Description of Port Jackson and the adjacent country--TheGovernor's commission read--his Speech--his humane resolutionsrespecting the Natives--difficulties in erecting huts and otherbuildings--departure of Lieutenant King to Norfolk Island. A Viewin Port Jackson.

Port Jackson was not visited or explored by Captain Cook; itwas seen only at the distance of between two or three miles fromthe coast: had any good fortune conducted him into that harbour,he would have found it much more worthy of his attention as aseaman, than that in which he passed a week. Governor Philliphimself pronounces it to be a harbour, in extent and security,superior to any he has ever seen: and the most experiencednavigators who were with him fully concur in that opinion. Froman entrance not more than two miles across, Port Jacksongradually extends into a noble and capacious bason; havingsoundings sufficient for the largest vessels, and space toaccommodate, in perfect security, any number that could beassembled. It runs chiefly in a western direction, about thirteenmiles into the country, and contains not less than an hundredsmall coves, formed by narrow necks of land, whose projectionsafford admirable shelter from all winds. Sydney Cove lies on theSouth side of the harbour, between five and six miles from theentrance. The necks of land that form the coves are mostlycovered with timber, yet so rocky that it is not easy tocomprehend how the trees could have found sufficient nourishmentto bring them to so considerable a magnitude; but the soilbetween the rocks is very good, and into those spaces theprincipal roots have found their way. The soil in other parts ofthe coast immediately about Port Jackson is of various qualities.That neck of land which divides the south end of the harbour fromthe sea is chiefly sand. Between Sydney Cove and Botany Bay thefirst space is occupied by a wood, in some parts a mile and ahalf, in others three miles across; beyond that, is a kind ofheath, poor, sandy, and full of swamps. As far as the eye canreach to the westward, the country is one continued wood. Thehead of the bay in Port Jackson, seemed at first to offer someadvantages of ground, but as it is partly left dry at low water,and as the winds are much obstructed there by the woods and bythe windings of the channel, it was deemed that it must probablybe unhealthful, till the country can be cleared.

There are several parts of the harbour in which the treesstand at a greater distance from each other than in Sydney Cove;some of these which have small runs of water, and a promisingsoil, Governor Phillip purposed to cultivate as soon as handscould be spared; but the advantage of being able to land thestores and provisions with so much ease, unavoidably determinedhis choice of a place for the principal settlement. Had it beenattempted to remove those necessaries only one mile from the spotwhere they were landed, the undertaking probably would have beenfruitless; so many were the obstacles to land carriage. At thehead of Sydney Cove, therefore, Governor Phillip had fixed theseat of his government; but intent upon providing the best andearliest accommodation for those who were to be encamped withhim; and wholly occupied by the continual necessity of givingdirections, he had not yet found leisure for assuming regularlyhis powers and title of Governor. At length the hurry of thefirst preparations gave way to this more tranquil business.

7 February 1788

The 7th of February, 1788, was the memorable day whichestablished a regular form of Government on the coast of NewSouth Wales. For obvious reasons, all possible solemnity wasgiven to the proceedings necessary on this occasion. On a spacepreviously cleared, the whole colony was assembled; the militarydrawn up, and under arms; the convicts stationed apart; and nearthe person of the Governor, those who were to hold the principaloffices under him. The Royal Commission was then read by Mr. D.Collins, the Judge Advocate. By this instrument Arthur Phillipwas constituted and appointed Captain General and Governor inChief in and over the territory, called New South Wales;extending from the northern cape, or extremity of the coast,called Cape York, in the latitude of ten degrees, thirty-sevenminutes south, to the southern extremity of the said territory ofNew South Wales, or South Cape, in the latitude of forty-threedegrees, thirty-nine minutes south, and of all the country inlandto the westward, as far as the one hundred and thirty-fifthdegree of east longitude, reckoning from the meridian ofGreenwich, including all the islands adjacent in the PacificOcean, within the latitudes aforesaid of 10°. 37'. south, and43°. 39'. south, and of all towns, garrisons, castles, forts,and all other fortifications, or other military works which maybe hereafter erected upon the said territory, or any of the saidislands. The act of Parliament establishing the courts ofjudicature was next read; and lastly, the patents under the greatseal, empowering the proper persons to convene and hold thosecourts whenever the exigency should require. The Office ofLieutenant Governor was conferred on Major Ross, of the Marines.A triple discharge of musquetry concluded this part of theceremony; after which Governor Phillip advanced, and addressingfirst the private soldiers, thanked them for their steady goodconduct on every occasion: an honour which was repeated to themin the next general orders. He then turned to the convicts, anddistinctly explained to them the nature of their presentsituation. The greater part, he bade them recollect, had alreadyforfeited their lives to the justice of their country: yet, bythe lenity of its laws, they were now so placed that, by industryand good behaviour, they might in time regain the advantages andestimation in society of which they had deprived themselves. Theynot only had every encouragement to make that effort, but wereremoved almost entirely from every temptation to guilt. There waslittle in this infant community which one man could plunder fromanother, and any dishonest attempts in so small a society wouldalmost infallibly be discovered. To persons detected in suchcrimes, he could not promise any mercy; nor indeed to any whom,under their circ*mstances, should presume to offend against thepeace and good order of the settlement. What mercy could do forthem they had already experienced; nor could any good be nowexpected from those whom neither past warnings, nor thepeculiarities of their present situation could preserve fromguilt. Against offenders, therefore, the rigour of the law wouldcertainly be put in force: while they whose behaviour should inany degree promise reformation, might always depend uponencouragement fully proportioned to their deserts. Heparticularly noticed the illegal intercourse between the sexes asan offence which encouraged a general profligacy of manners, andwas in several ways injurious to society. To prevent this, hestrongly recommended marriage, and promised every kind ofcountenance and assistance to those who, by entering into thatstate, should manifest their willingness to conform to the lawsof morality and religion. Governor Phillip concluded his address,by declaring his earnest desire to promote the happiness of allwho were under his government, and to render the settlement inNew South Wales advantageous and honourabe to his country.

This speech, which was received with universal acclamations,terminated the ceremonial peculiar to the day. Nor was italtogether without its proper effect: For we are informed, thatin the course of the ensuing week fourteen marriages took placeamong the convicts. The assembly was now dispersed, and theGovernor proceeded to review the troops on the ground cleared fora parade: after which, he gave a dinner to the officers, and thefirst evening of his government was concluded propitiously, ingood order and innocent festivity, amidst the repetition ofwishes for its prosperity.

A rising government could not easily be committed to betterhands. Governor Phillip appears to have every requisite to ensurethe success of the undertaking intrusted to him, as far as thequalities of one man can ensure it. Intelligent, active,persevering with firmness to make his authority respected, andmildness to render it pleasing, he was determined, if possible,to bring even the native inhabitants of New South Wales into avoluntary subjection; or at least to establish with them a strictamity and alliance. Induced also by motives of humanity, it washis determination from his first landing, to treat them with theutmost kindness: and he was firmly resolved, that, whateverdifferences might arise, nothing less than the most absolutenecessity should ever compel him to fire upon them. In thisresolution, by good fortune, and by his own great address, he hashappily been enabled to persevere. But notwithstanding this, hisintentions of establishing a friendly intercourse have hithertobeen frustrated. M. De la Peyrouse,* while he remained in BotanyBay, had some quarrel with the inhabitants, which unfortunatelyobliged him to use his fire-arms against them: this affair,joined to the ill behaviour of some of the convicts, who in spiteof all prohibitions, and at the risque of all consequences, havewandered out among them, has produced a shyness on their partswhich it has not yet been possible to remove, though theproperest means have been taken to regain their confidence. Theirdislike to the Europeans is probably increased by discoveringthat they intend to remain among them, and that they interferewith them in some of their best fishing places, which doubtlessare, in their circ*mstances, objects of very great importance.Some of the convicts who have straggled into the woods have beenkilled, and others dangerously wounded by the natives, but thereis great reason to suppose that in these cases the convicts haveusually been the aggressors.

[* This is the right form of that officer's name; it wasprinted otherwise in a former passage by mistake.]

As the month of February advanced heavy rains began to fall,which pointed out the necessity of procuring shelter for thepeople as soon as possible. To have expedited this work in thedegree which was desirable a great number of artificers wouldhave been required. But this advantage could not be had. Onlysixteen carpenters could be hired from all the ships; among theconvicts no more than twelve were of this profession, and of themseveral were sick. These therefore together formed but a smallparty, in proportion to the work which was to be done. Onehundred convicts were added as labourers; but with every effort,it was found impossible to complete either the barracks for themen, or the huts for the officers, as soon as was desired. Aslate as the middle of May these were yet unfinished, as well asthe hospital, and the storehouse for those provisions which werenot landed at first. The Governor himself at that time was stilllodged in his temporary house of canvas, which was not perfectlyimpervious either to wind or weather.

14 February 1788.

On the 14th of February a party was sent out in the Supply, tosettle on a small island to the north-west of New Zealand, inlatitude 29° south, and longitude 168°. 10'. east fromLondon, which was discovered and much commended by Captain Cook,and by him named Norfolk Island, in honour of the noble family towhich that title belongs. To the office of superintendant andcommandant of this island, and the settlement to be made upon it,Governor Phillip appointed Philip Gidley King, second lieutenantof his Majesty's ship Sirius, an officer much esteemed by him asof great merit in his profession; and highly spoken of in hisletters as a man, whose perseverance in that or any other servicemight fully be depended on. As it was known that there were noinhabitants on Norfolk Island, there was sent with Lieut. Kingonly a small detachment, consisting of one subaltern officer, andsix marines, a very promising young man who was a midshipman, asurgeon,* two men who understood the cultivation and dressing offlax, with nine men and six women convicts. That the nature ofthis settlement may be fully understood, a copy of theinstructions delivered to Mr. King at his departure is subjoinedto this chapter.

[* The surgeon's name is Jamison, whose intelligent letters toLewis Wolfe, Esq; were kindly lent to the publisher, and haveafforded much useful information.]

INSTRUCTIONS for PHILIP GIDLEY KING, Esq; Superintendant andCommandant of the Settlement of NORFOLK ISLAND.

With these instructions you will receive my Commission,appointing you to superintend and command the settlement to beformed in Norfolk Island, and to obey all such orders as youshall from time to time receive from me, his Majesty's Governorin Chief, and Captain General of the territory of New South Walesand its dependencies, or from the Lieutenant-Governor in myabsence.

You are therefore to proceed in his Majesty's armed tenderSupply, whose commander has my orders to receive you, with themen and women, stores and provisions necessary for forming theintended settlement; and on your landing on Norfolk Island youare to take upon you the execution of the trust reposed in you,causing my commission, appointing you superintendant over thesaid settlement, to be publicly read.

After having taken the necessary measures for securingyourself and people, and for the preservation of the stores andprovisions, you are immediately to proceed to the cultivation ofthe Flax Plant, which you will find growing spontaneously on theisland: as likewise to the cultivation of cotton, corn, and otherplants, with the seeds of which you are furnished, and which youare to regard as public stock, and of the increase of which youare to send me an account, that I may know what quantity may bedrawn from the island for public use, or what supplies it may benecessary to send hereafter. It is left to your discretion to usesuch part of the corn that is raised as may be found necessary;but this you are to do with the greatest oeconomy; and as thecorn, flax, cotton, and other grains are the property of theCrown, and as such are to be accounted for, you are to keep anexact account of the increase, and you will in future receivedirections for the disposal thereof.

You are to inform yourself of the nature of the soil, whatproportion of land you find proper for the cultivation of corn,flax, and cotton, as likewise what quantity of cattle may be bredon the island, and the number of people you judge necessary forthe above purpose. You will likewise observe what are theprevailing winds in the different seasons of the year, the bestanchorage according to the season, the rise and fall of thetides, likewise when the dry and rainy seasons begin and end.

You will be furnished with a four oared boat, and you are noton any consideration to build, or to permit the building of anyvessel or boat whatever that is decked; or of any boat or vesselthat is not decked, whose length of keel exceeds twenty feet: andif by any accident any vessel or boat that exceeds twenty feetkeel should be driven on the island, you are immediately to causesuch boat or vessel to be scuttled, or otherwise renderedunserviceable, letting her remain in that situation until youreceive further directions from me.

You will be furnished with six months provisions, within whichtime you will receive an additional supply, but as you will beable to procure fish and vegetables, you are to endeavour to makethe provisions you receive serve as long as possible.

The convicts being the servants of the Crown, till the timefor which they are sentenced is expired, their labour is to befor the public; and you are to take particular notice of theirgeneral good or bad behaviour, that they may hereafter beemployed or rewarded according to their different merits.

You are to cause the Prayers of the Church of England to beread with all due solemnity every Sunday, and you are to inforcea due observance of religion and good order, transmitting to me,as often as opportunity offers, a full account of your particularsituation and transactions.

You are not to permit any intercourse or trade with any shipsor vessels that may stop at the island, whether English or of anyother nation, unless such ships or vessels should be in distress,in which case you are to afford them such assistance as may be inyour power.

Given under my hand, at Head Quarters in Port Jackson, NewSouth Wales, this 12th day of February, 1788.

(Signed)

ARTHUR PHILLIP.

Chapter IX.

February 1788 to March 1788

A Criminal Court held--Broken Bay explored by GovernorPhillip--Interviews with the Natives--Peculiaritiesremarked--Friendly behaviour and extraordinary courage of an oldman.

Governor Phillip soon found with great regret, thoughdoubtless without much surprise, that in the community committedto his care the strict enforcement of the sanctions of law waspeculiarly necessary. There were in it many individuals whomneither lenity could touch, nor rigour terrify; who, with allsense of social duty, appeared to have lost all value for lifeitself, and with the same wantonness exposed themselves to thedarts of the savages, and to the severe punishments which,however reluctantly, every society must inflict when mildermethods have been tried without success. Towards the latter endof February a criminal court was convened, in which six of theconvicts received sentence of death. One, who was the head of thegang, was executed the same day; of the rest, one was pardoned;the other four were reprieved, and afterwards exiled to a smallisland within the bay, where they were kept on bread and water.These men had frequently robbed the stores, and the otherconvicts. He who suffered, and two others, had been detected instealing from the stores the very day that they had received aweek's provision; at a time when their allowance, as settled bythe Navy Board, was the same as that of the soldiers, spirituousliquors excepted. So inveterate were their habits of dishonesty,that even the apparent want of a motive could not repressthem.

2 March 1788

On the 2d of March Governor Phillip went with a long boat andcutter to examine the broken land, mentioned by Captain Cook,about eight miles to the northward of Port Jackson, and by himnamed Broken Bay. This bay proved to be very extensive. The firstnight they slept in the boats, within a rocky point in thenorth-west part of the bay, as the natives, though friendly,appeared to be numerous; and the next day, after passing a barthat had only water for small vessels, they entered a veryextensive branch, from which the ebb tide came out so strong thatthe boats could not row against it in the stream; and here wasdeep water. This opening appeared to end in several smallbranches, and in a large lagoon which could not then be examined,as there was not time to seek a channel for the boats among thebanks of sand and mud. Most of the land in the upper part of thisbranch was low and full of swamps. Pelicans and various otherbirds were here seen in great numbers. Among the rest an uncommonkind, called then the Hooded Gull, and supposed to be a nondescript; but it appears from a drawing sent to England, a platefrom which is here inserted, to be of that species called by Mr.Latham the Caspian Tern, and is described by him as the secondvariety of that species.*

[* Latham's Synopsis of Birds, vol. vi. p. 351.]

Caspian Tern

Leaving this north-west branch they proceeded across the bay,and went into the south-west branch. This is also very extensive;and from it runs a second opening to the westward, affordingshelter for almost any number of ships. In this part, as far ascould then be examined, there is water for vessels of thegreatest burthen, the soundings being at the entrance sevenfathoms, and in going up still more. Continual rains preventedthem from taking a survey. The land here was found much higherthan at Port Jackson, more rocky, and equally covered withtimber. Large trees were seen growing even on the summits of themountains, which appeared accessible only to birds. Immediatelyround the headland that forms the southern entrance into the bay,there is a third branch, which Governor Phillip thought thefinest piece of water he had ever seen; and which therefore hethought worthy to be honoured with the name of Pitt Water. This,as well as the south-west branch, is of sufficient extent tocontain all the navy of Great Britain. But on a narrow bar whichruns across the entrance it has only eighteen feet depth at lowwater. Within the bar there are from seven to fifteen fathoms.The land is not so high in this part as in the south-west branch,and there are some good situations where the land might becultivated. Small springs of water were seen in most of thecoves, and three cascades falling from heights, which the rainsat that time rendered inaccessible.

In this excursion some interviews with the natives took place.When the party first landed in Broken Bay several women came downto the beach with the men. One of these, a young woman, was verytalkative and remarkably cheerful. This was a singular instance,for in general they are observed on this coast to be much lesscheerful than the men, and apparently under great awe andsubjection. They certainly are not treated with much tenderness,and it is thought that they are employed chiefly in the canoes,in which women have frequently been seen with very young childrenat the breast. The lively young lady, when she joined the partythe second day in her canoe, stood up and gave a song which wasfar from unpleasing. The men very readily gave their assistanceto the English in making a fire, and behaved in the most friendlymanner. In a bay where Governor Phillip and his company landed todraw the seine, a number of the natives again came to them. Itwas now first observed by the Governor that the women in generalhad lost two joints from the little finger of the left hand. Asthese appeared to be all married women, he at first conjecturedthis privation to be a part of the marriage ceremony; but goingafterwards into a hut where were several women and children, hesaw a girl of five or six years of age whose left hand was thusmutilated; and at the same time an old woman, and another whoappeared to have had children, on both of whom all the fingerswere perfect. Several instances were afterwards observed of womenwith child, and of others that were evidently wives, who had notlost the two joints, and of children from whom they had been cut.Whatever be the occasion of this mutilation, it is performed onfemales only; and considering the imperfection of theirinstruments, must be a very painful operation. Nothing has beenseen in the possession of these people that is at all calculatedfor performing such an amputation, except a shell fixed to ashort stick, and used generally for pointing their spears, or forseparating the oysters from the rocks. More fingers than one arenever cut; and in every instance it is the same finger that hassuffered.*

[* In Patterson's Travels in Africa, lately published, we aretold, that he met with a tribe of Hottentots near Orange River,all of whom had lost the first joint of the little finger: thereason they gave for cutting it off was, that it was a cure for aparticular sickness to which they were subject when young. FourthJourney, p. 117. It would be a curious coincidence of customsshould it be discovered that the natives of New Holland do it forany similar reason.]

The men are distinguished in a different manner: their fingersare not mutilated, but most of them, as other voyagers haveobserved, want the right front tooth in the upper jaw. GovernorPhillip having remarked this, pointed out to them that he hadhimself lost one of his front teeth, which occasioned a generalclamour; and it was thought he derived some merit in theiropinion from this circ*mstance. The perforation of the cartilagethat divides the nostrils, and the strange disfiguring ornamentof a long bone or stick thrust through it, was now observed, asdescribed by Captain Cook; and the same appellation of sprit-sailyard, was ludicrously applied to it by the sailors. But severalvery old men were seen in this excursion who had not lost thetooth, nor had their noses prepared to receive that grotesqueappendage: probably, therefore, these are marks of distinction:ambition must have its badges, and where cloaths are not worn,the body itself must be compelled to bear them.

Whether the scars raised upon the skin were of this kind, oras Captain Cook understood by their signs, marks of sorrow fordeceased friends, could not now be learnt. They are of a verysingular nature: sometimes the skin is raised from the flesh forseveral inches, appearing as if it were filled with wind, andforming a round surface of more than a quarter of an inchdiameter. Their bodies are scarred in various parts, particularlyabout the breast and arms, and frequently on the instep. Nor doesthe head always escape; one man in particular, putting aside thehair on the forepart of his head, showed a scar, and thenpointing to one on the foot, and to others on different parts ofthe body, seemed to intimate that he thought himself muchhonoured by having these marks upon him from head to foot. Thewomen did not appear equally forward to produce the mutilatedfinger; nor was it always possible to ascertain whether they hadlost the joints or not. For though they made no attempt tosecrete themselves, nor seemed impressed with any idea that onepart of the body more requires concealment than another, yetthere was a shyness and timidity among them which frequently keptthem at a distance. They never would approach so readily as themen, and sometimes would not even land from their canoes, butmade signs that what was offered should be given to the men. Weare not yet enough acquainted with the manners of the people todecide whether this reserve proceeds from the fears of the women,or from the jealousy of their husbands, by whom they areevidently kept in great subordination.

One of their modes of fishing was now observed: their hooksare made of the inside of a shell resembling mother of pearl.When a fish which has taken the bait is supposed to be too strongto be landed with the line, the canoe is paddled to shore, andwhile one man gently draws the fish along, another standsprepared to strike it with a spear: in this attempt they seldomfail. In the plate which represents this action, the engraver hasinadvertently left the bodies of the figures rather too white; inother respects it is very accurate.

Natives of Botany Bay

When the southern branch of Broken Bay was first visited, thegetting round the headland that separates the branches, wasattended with some difficulty, on account of very heavy squallsof wind, accompanied with rain. An attempt was made to land,where there proved not to be sufficient water for the boat.During this transaction, an old man and a youth were standing onthe rocks where the boat was trying to approach. Having seen howmuch our men had laboured to get under land, they were verysolicitous to point out the deepest water. Afterwards theybrought fire, and seemed willing to render any service in theirpower. Two of the officers suffered themselves to be conducted bythe old man to a cave at some distance, but declined going in,though he invited them by all the signs he could invent. This wasrather unfortunate, as the rain was falling very violently, andthe cave was found next day sufficiently large to have shelteredthe whole party. The old man certainly took great pains to makethis understood, but the motive of his earnestness unluckily wasmistaken, and his visitors suffered for their suspicions. Heafterwards assisted in clearing away the bushes, and makingpreparations for the party to sleep on shore, and next morningwas rewarded with presents for his very friendly behaviour. Twodays afterwards, when Governor Phillip returned to the same spot,the old man met him with a dance and a song of joy. His son waswith him, and several of the natives; a hatchet was given themand other presents; and as the Governor was to return next day toPort Jackson, it was hoped that the friendship thus begun, and sostudiously cultivated, would have continued firm. But as soon asit was dark, the old man stole a spade, and was caught with it inhis hand. Governor Phillip thought it necessary, on thisoccasion, to shew some tokens of displeasure, and therefore whenthe delinquent approached, he gave him two or three slight slapson the shoulder, and then pushed him away, at the same timepointing to the spade. This gentle chastisem*nt at once destroyedtheir friendship. The old man immediately seized a spear, andcoming close up to the Governor, poized it, and seemed determinedto strike. But seeing that his threats were disregarded, (for hisantagonist chose rather to risk the effects of his anger than tofire upon him) or perhaps dissuaded by something the othernatives said, in a few moments he dropped the spear and wentaway. It was impossible not to be struck with the couragedisplayed by him on this occasion, for Governor Phillip at thetime was not alone, but had several officers and men about him.From this and other similar events, personal bravery appears tobe a quality in which the natives of New South Wales are not byany means deficient. The old man returned the next morning withmany other natives, but, in order to convince him of his fault,he was less noticed than his companions, who were presented withhatchets and various other articles.

9 March 1788

It was now the 9th of March, and Governor Phillip returned toPort Jackson: having gained some useful knowledge of the country,and maintained an intercourse with the natives without departingfrom his favourite plan of treating them with the utmostkindness. He had endeavoured at the same time to gain theirconfidence, if possible, and secure their friendship. If thesehumane endeavours were afterwards rendered fruitless by thewanton profligacy of some depraved individuals, however he mightregret it, he could have no reason to reproach himself.

The rain, which was almost constant, prevented the Governorfrom returning by land, which otherwise he meant to have done,for the sake of exploring a part of the country which appeared tobe good and free from timber.

Chapter X.

March 1788

Departure of the French Ships--Death of M. Le Receveur--Returnof the Supply from Norfolk Island--Description of thatPlace--Howe Island discovered.

10 March 1788

On the 10th of March, the French ships sailed from Botany Bay.M. De la Peyrouse during his stay there had set up two longboats, the frames of which he had brought with him from Europe.There had not been much intercourse between the French andEnglish in this interval: both being too busily employed to wastetheir time in parties of pleasure. Captain Clonard had waited onGovernor Phillip with the letters which were to be forwarded tothe French ambassador; and a few of the English officers had goneover by land about the same time to pay a visit in Botany Bay;both parties were of course received with politeness andhospitality. Some few of the convicts contrived to abscond, andendeavoured to get admitted into the French ships, but were, withgreat propriety, rejected. Those vessels returned towards thenorth, where they were to make another voyage.

Chart of Norfolk Island

During the stay of M. De la Peyrouse in Botany Bay, Father LeReceveur, who had come out in the Astrolabe as a naturalist,died. His death was occasioned by wounds which he received in theunfortunate rencounter at the Navigator's Islands. A slightmonument was erected to his memory, with the followinginscription.

Hic jacet LE RECEVEUR,E. F. F. Minimis Galliae Sacerdos,Physicus in circumnavigationeMundi,Duce DE LA PEYROUSE,Ob. 17 Feb. 1788.

The monument being soon after destroyed by the natives,Governor Phillip caused the inscription to be engraved on copper,and affixed to a neighbouring tree. M. De la Peyrouse had paid asimilar tribute of respect to the memory of Captain Clerke, atthe harbour of St. Peter and Paul in Kamtschatka.

19 March 1788

On the 19th of this month, Lieutenant Ball arrived in theSupply from Norfolk Island. He had made that island on the 29thof February, but was five days off the coast before a place couldbe found at which it was possible to land the stores andprovisions. So completely do the rocks surround the island, thatit was not easy to find a place even to land a man. At length,however, they succeeded, having discovered at the south-west end,a small opening in a reef that runs across a bay. Here thepeople, provisions and stores were all put on shore in perfectsafety. The Commandant wrote in high spirits at the promisingappearance of his new territory; and subsequent accounts haveproved, that the opinion he then formed was not erroneous. Hedescribed Norfolk Island as one entire wood, or rather as agarden overrun with the noblest pines, in straightness, size, andmagnitude, far superior to any he had ever seen. Nothing canexceed the fertility of its soil. Wherever it has been sinceexamined, a rich black mould has been found to the depth of fiveor six feet: and the grain and garden seeds which have been sown,such only excepted as were damaged in the carriage, or by theweevil, have vegetated with the utmost luxuriance. To preventrepetitions, it may perhaps be best to unite in this place theaccounts which have been received of this island, though many ofthem will easily be perceived to be greatly posterior to thisfirst return of the Supply.

Norfolk Island is about seven leagues in circumference, and ifnot originally formed, like many other small islands, by theeruption of volcanic matter from the bed of the sea, mustdoubtless have contained a volcano. This conclusion is formedfrom the vast quantity of pumice stone which is scattered in allparts of it, and mixed with the soil. The crater, or at leastsome traces of its former existence, will probably be found atthe summit of a small mountain, which rises near the middle ofthe island. To this mountain the Commandant has given the name ofMount Pitt. The island is exceedingly well watered. At, or nearMount Pitt, rises a strong and copious stream, which flowingthrough a very fine valley, divides itself into several branches,each of which retains sufficient force to be used in turningmills: and in various parts of the island excellent springs havebeen discovered.

The climate is pure, salubrious, and delightful, preservedfrom oppressive heats by constant breezes from the sea, and of somild a temperature throughout the winter, that vegetationcontinues there without interruption, one crop succeedinganother. Refreshing showers from time to time maintain perpetualverdure; not indeed of grass, for none has yet been seen upon theisland, but of the trees, shrubs, and other vegetables which inall parts grow abundantly. On the leaves of these, and of somekinds in particular, the sheep, hogs, and goats, not only live,but thrive and fatten very much. To the salubrity of the airevery individual in this little colony can bear ample testimony,from the uninterrupted state of good health which has been ingeneral enjoyed.

When our settlers landed, there was not a single acre clear ofwood in the island, and the trees were so bound together by thatkind of creeping shrub called supple jack, interwoven in alldirections, as to render it very difficult to penetrate far amongthem. The Commandant, small as his numbers were at first, byindefatigable activity soon caused a space to be clearedsufficient for the requisite accommodations, and for theproduction of esculent vegetables of all kinds in the greatestabundance. When the last accounts arrived, three acres of barleywere in a very thriving state, and ground was prepared to receiverice and Indian corn. In the wheat there had been adisappointment, the grain that was sown having been so muchinjured by the weevil, as to be unfit for vegetation. But thepeople were all at that time in commodious houses; and, accordingto the declarations of Mr. King himself, in his letters toGovernor Phillip, there was not a doubt that this colony would bein a situation to support itself entirely without assistance, inless than four years: and with very little in the intermediatetime. Even two years would be more than sufficient for thispurpose, could a proper supply of black cattle be sent.

Fish are caught in great plenty, and in the proper season veryfine turtle. The woods are inhabited by innumerable tribes ofbirds, many of them very gay in plumage. The most useful arepigeons, which are very numerous, and a bird not unlike theGuinea fowl, except in colour, (being chiefly white,) both ofwhich were at first so tame as to suffer themselves to be takenby hand. Of plants that afford vegetables for the table, thechief are cabbage palm, the wild plantain, the fern tree, a kindof wild spinage, and a tree which produces a diminutive fruit,bearing some resemblance to a currant. This, it is hoped, bytransplanting and care, will be much improved in size andflavour.

But the productions which give the greatest importance toNorfolk Island are the pines and the flax plant, the formerrising to a size and perfection unknown in other places, andpromising the most valuable supply of masts and spars for ournavy in the East Indies; the latter not less estimable for thepurposes of making sail-cloth, cordage, and even the finestmanufactures; growing in great plenty, and with such luxurianceas to attain the height of eight feet.* The pines measurefrequently one hundred and sixty, or even one hundred and eightyfeet in height, and are sometimes nine or ten feet in diameter atthe bottom of the trunk. They rise to about eighty feet without abranch; the wood is said to be of the best quality, almost aslight as that of the best Norway masts; and the turpentineobtained from it is remarkable for purity and whiteness. The ferntree is found also of a great height for its species, measuringfrom seventy to eighty feet, and affords excellent food for thesheep and other small cattle. A plant producing pepper, andsupposed to be the true oriental pepper, has been discoveredlately in the island, growing in great plenty; and specimens havebeen sent to England, in order to ascertain this importantpoint.

[* The flax plant is thus described in Captain Cook's firstvoyage, vol. iii. p. 39. as found at New Zealand. "There is,however, a plant that serves the inhabitants instead of hemp andflax, which excels all that are put to the same purposes in othercountries. Of this plant there are two sorts; the leaves of bothresemble those of flags, but the flowers are smaller and theirclusters more numerous; in one kind they are yellow, and in theother a deep red. Of the leaves of these plants, with very littlepreparation, they make all their common apparel; and of thesethey also make their strings, lines, and cordage for everypurpose, which are so much stronger than any thing we can makewith hemp, that they will not bear a comparison. From the sameplant, by another preparation, they draw long slender fibreswhich shine like silk, and are as white as snow: of these, whichare also surprizingly strong, the finer clothes are made; and ofthe leaves, without any other preparation than splitting theminto proper breadths and trying the strips together, they maketheir fishing nets; some of which, as I have before remarked, areof an enormous size." It is added, that it is found in every kindof soil. It is perennial, and has a bulbous root. Some of theroots have lately been sent to England.]

The chief disadvantage experienced by those who are sent toNorfolk Island, is the want of a good landing place. The baywhich has been used for this purpose is inclosed by a reef ofcoral rock, through which there is a passage only for a boat; andduring the tide of flood, when the wind is westerly, the landingis rather dangerous. In one of the debarkations a midshipman, whowas ordered to lie within the reef, that he might attend theboats coming to shore, imprudently suffered his own boat to driveinto the surf, and was lost, with four men. He had been oncebefore overset in consequence of a similar inattention, and thenhad lost one man. On the coast of the island are several smallbays, and there are still hopes that a better landing place maybe discovered; but the necessity of employing all the men insheltering themselves and the stores from the weather, or inclearing ground for various purposes, has hitherto prevented Mr.King from sending out any persons to complete the examination.Should this enquiry prove unsuccessful, it is proposed to attemptthe blowing up of one or two small rocks, by which the reef isrendered dangerous. If this expedient also should fail, the evilmust be borne with patience. In summer the landing will generallybe sufficiently secure; and seamen, who have seen the bay ofRiga, in the Baltic, declare, that it will at all times be saferfor a ship to load with masts and spars at Norfolk Island, thanin that place, where so many ships are freighted yearly.

Rats are the only quadrupeds which have been found in thisisland; and from these, as well as from the ants, it was fearedthe crops might suffer; but no great inconvenience has yet beenexperienced from them; and proper exertions seldom fail in ashort time to reduce the number of such enemies, enough to maketheir depredations very inconsiderable. On the whole, NorfolkIsland certainly deserves to be considered as an acquisition ofsome importance, and is likely to answer even the most sanguineexpectations. Some canoes have been found on the rocks, whichwere supposed to have been driven from New Zealand; but theappearance of a fresh cocoa nut and a small piece of manufacturedwood, which seemed to have been only a small time in the water,has lately suggested an idea that probably some inhabited islandmay lie at no great distance. There has not been as yet anyopportunity to determine whether this opinion be well founded ornot.

A small island, but entirely uninhabited, was discovered byLieutenant Ball in his passage to Norfolk Island. In his returnhe examined it, and found that the shore abounded with turtle,but there was no good anchorage. He named it Lord Howe Island. Itis in 31° 36' south latitude, and 159° east longitude.Part of this island being very high may be seen at the distanceof sixteen leagues, and a rock to the south-east of it, may bediscerned even at eighteen leagues. In latitude 29° 25'south, longitude 159° 59' east, a very dangerous reef hassince been seen. The ship from which it was observed was thenfour leagues to the southward, and it could not at that time beascertained how far it extends to the northward.

To expedite the cultivation of Norfolk Island a freshdetachment was sent thither in October, consisting of an officerand eight marines, with thirty convicts, consisting of ten womenand twenty men: Thus, there existed on this islet, when the lastaccounts were transmitted, forty-four men and sixteen women, who,having eighteen months provisions, lived comfortably on thissequestered spot, under the prudent management of a youthfulruler, of whose busy life the reader may wish to know all theparticulars, which at present can be authentically told.

Philip Gidley King, who had the honour to conduct the originalsettlers to Norfolk Island, was born at Launceston in Cornwall,on the 23d of April, 1758. He is the son of Philip King, of thattown, draper, who married the daughter of John Gidley, of Exeter,attorney at law. Much as he owes to his parents, he is indebtedfor his scholastic learning to Mr. Bailey at Yarmouth. Hederives, probably, some advantages from making an early choice ofhis profession. At the age of twelve, he went to the East Indieson board the Swallow frigate, Captain Shirley, by whom he wasrated a midshipman. From this station he returned to England, atthe end of five years, with much knowledge of his business, andsome acquaintance with the world. In 1775, he entered upon realservice; and has continued in active employment from that periodto this great epoch of his life. He went to Virginia with CaptainBellew, in the Liverpool, during the year 1775; with whom hecontinued till the shipwreck of that frigate in Delaware Bay. Andhaving entered on board the Princess Royal, in October 1778, hewas made a Lieutenant by Admiral Byron, in the Renown, on the26th of November following. He returned to England in thesubsequent year; and served in the Channel on board the Kitecutter, and Ariadne frigate, till the beginning of 1783. WithCaptain Phillip he went to the East Indies, as Lieutenant of theEurope, in January 1783; from whence he returned on therestoration of complete peace, in May 1784. In this service itwas, that Phillip and King became acquainted with the merit ofeach other. And when the expedition to New South Wales wasprojected, King was appointed Lieutenant of the Sirius, on the25th of October, 1786, at the same time that Phillip wasnominated Commander of the voyage.

Lieutenant King

Chapter XI.

March 1788 to May 1788

Three of the transports cleared--Two excursions made into thecountry, on the fifteenth of April, and on the twenty-second--Huts ofthe natives--Sculpture, and other particulars.

25 March 1788

On the 25th of March, the Charlotte, Lady Penrhyn, andScarborough transports, having been cleared of all their stores,were discharged from government service, and left at liberty toproceed for China, whenever their commanders should think proper.The other ships were of necessity detained till the store-housescould be finished.

15 April 1788

The month of April was not distinguished by any events thatdeserve to be related, except two expeditions of Governor Phillipfor the purpose of exploring the country. On the first of theseexcursions he set out on the 15th with provisions for four days;attended by several officers, and a small party of marines. Theylanded at the head of a small cove, called Shell Cove, near theentrance of the harbour on the north side. Proceeding in thisdirection they arrived at a large lake, which they examined,though not without great labour. It was surrounded by aconsiderable extent of bog and marshy ground, in which, in thecourse of their progress, they were frequently plunged up to thewaist. On this lake they first observed a black swan, whichspecies, though proverbially rare in other parts of the world, ishere by no means uncommon, being found on most of the lakes. Thiswas a very noble bird, larger than the common swan, and equallybeautiful in form. On being shot at, it rose and discovered thatit* wings were edged with white: the bill was tinged withred.

In three days, with great difficulty, they passed the swampsand marshes which lie near the harbour. Nothing can more fullypoint out the great improvement which may be made by the industryof a civilized people in this country, than the circ*mstances ofthe small streams which descend into Port Jackson. They allproceed from swamps produced by the stagnation of the water afterrising from the springs. When the obstacles which impede theircourse can be removed, and free channels opened through whichthey may flow, the adjacent ground will gradually be drained, andthe streams themselves will become more useful; at the same timehabitable and salubrious situations will be gained in placeswhere at present perpetual damps prevail, and the air itselfappears to stagnate.

On leaving these low grounds, they found them succeeded by arocky and barren country. The hills were covered with floweringshrubs, but by means of various obstacles the ascending anddescending was difficult, and in many parts impracticable. At thedistance of about fifteen miles from the sea coast GovernorPhillip obtained a very fine view of the inland country and itsmountains, to several of which he now gave names. The mostnorthern of them he named Carmarthen Hills, the most southernLansdown Hills; one which lay between these was called RichmondHill. From the manner in which these mountains appeared to rise,it was thought almost certain that a large river must descendfrom among them. But it was now necessary to return, withoutmaking any further examination.

22 April 1788

On the 22d another excursion of the same kind was undertaken:Governor Phillip landed with his party near the head of theharbour. Here they found a good country, but in a short timearrived at a very close cover; and after passing the chief partof the day in fruitless attempts to make their way through it,were obliged to relinquish the attempt, and return. The next day,by keeping close to the banks of a small creek for about fourmiles, they contrived to pass the cover, and for the threesucceeding days continued their course to the west-ward. Thecountry through which they travelled was singularly fine, level,or rising in small hills of a very pleasing and picturesqueappearance. The soil excellent, except in a few small spots whereit was stony. The trees growing at the distance of from twenty toforty feet from each other, and in general entirely free fromunderwood, which was confined to the stony and barren spots. Onthe fifth day they ascended a small eminence, whence, for thefirst time in this second expedition, they saw Carmarthen andLansdown Hills. The country round this hill was so beautiful,that Governor Phillip gave it the name of Belle-vue. They werestill apparently thirty miles from the mountains which it hadbeen their object to reach, and not having found it practicable,with the tents, arms, and other necessaries, to carry more thansix days provisions, were obliged to return. Even with this smallstock, the officers as well as men, had been under the necessityof carrying heavy loads. Water for the use of the day was alwaystaken; for though it happened in every instance that pools ofwater were found which had remained after the rains, yet this wasa supply on which they could not previously depend. Theextraordinary difficulty of penetrating into this country had nowbeen fully experienced; where unexpected delays from deep ravinesand other obstacles, frequently force the traveller from hisdirect course, and baffle every conjecture concerning the timerequired for passing a certain tract. The utmost extent of thisexcursion in a direct line had not been more than thirty miles,and it had taken up five days. The return of the party waseffected with much more ease; the track was made, and the treesmarked the whole way where they had passed; with theseassistances they reached their boats in a day and a half.

It was still the general opinion that the appearance of thecountry promised the discovery of a large river in that district,whenever the line now taken could be fully pursued. Anotherexpedition was therefore planned, in which it was determined, ifpossible, to reach either Lansdown or Carmarthen Hills: and thehope of so important a discovery as that of a river made everyone anxious to go, notwithstanding the great fatigue with whichthese undertakings were attended. But this design was for thepresent unavoidably deferred. Governor Phillip, who had not beenperfectly well even at the time of setting out on the excursionto Broken Bay, had then contracted a severe pain in his side, bysleeping frequently on the wet ground. This complaint had in thetwo last journeys received so much increase, that he found itabsolutely necessary to allow himself the respite of a few weeks,before he again encountered so much fatigue.

The country explored in this last journey was so good and sofit for the purposes of cultivation, that the Governor resolvedto send a detachment to settle there, as soon as a sufficientnumber could be spared from works of more immediate necessity.But notwithstanding the goodness of the soil it is a matter ofastonishment how the natives, who know not how to availthemselves of its fertility, can subsist in the inland country.On the coast fish makes a considerable part of their food, butwhere that cannot be had, it seems hardly possible that withtheir spears, the only missile weapon yet observed among them,they should be able to procure any kind of animal food. With theassistance of their guns the English gentlemen could not obtain,in the last six days they were out, more than was barelysufficient for two meals. Yet, that these parts are frequented bythe natives was undeniably proved by the temporary huts whichwere seen in several places. Near one of these huts the bones ofa kanguroo were found, and several trees were seen on fire. Apiece of a root resembling that of the fern tree was also pickedup by Governor Phillip; part of this root had been chewed, and sorecently that it was thought it could not have been left manyminutes. It seemed evident by several marks, that the natives hadonly fled at the approach of the English party, but soeffectually did they conceal themselves that not one wasseen.

Hut in New South Wales

The number of the natives in these inland parts must, however,be very small. Whether these reside by choice where they mustencounter so many difficulties, or whether they are driven fromthe society of those who inhabit the coast, has not yet beendiscovered. The huts seen here consisted of single pieces ofbark, about eleven feet in length, and from four to six inbreadth, bent in the middle while fresh from the tree, and set upso as to form an acute angle, not a little resembling cards setup by children. In the plate inserted here, not only the huts,but some of the spears of the natives are introduced. It wasconjectured, that the chief use of these imperfect structuresmight be, to conceal them from the animals for which they mustfrequently be obliged to lie in wait. They may also affordshelter from a shower of rain to one or two who sit or lie underthem. The bark of many trees was observed to be cut into notches,as if for the purpose of climbing; and in several there wereholes, apparently the retreat of some animal, but enlarged by thenatives for the purpose of catching the inhabitant. Theenlargement of these holes with their imperfect instruments, mustit*elf be a work of time, and must require no little patience. Insome places, where the hole was rather too high to be reachedfrom the ground, boughs of trees were laid to facilitate theascent. The animals that take refuge in those places are probablythe squirrel, the opossum, or the kanguroo-rat. At the bottom ofone of these trees, the skin of a flying squirrel was found.

In many places fires had lately been made; but in one onlywere seen any shells of oysters or muscles, and there not morethan half a dozen. Fish-bones were not found at all, which seemsto prove, that in their journies inland these people do not carrywith them any provisions of that kind. Kanguroos were frequentlyseen, but were so shy that it was very difficult to shoot them.With respect to these animals, it is rather an extraordinarycirc*mstance, that, notwithstanding their great shyness, andnotwithstanding they are daily shot at, more of them are seennear the camp than in any other part of the country. Thekanguroo, though it resembles the jerboa in the peculiarity ofusing only the hinder legs in progression, does not belong tothat genus. The pouch of the female, in which the young arenursed, is thought to connect it rather with the opossum tribe.This extraordinary formation, hitherto esteemed peculiar to thatone genus, seems, however, in New Holland not to be sufficientlycharacteristic: it has been found both in the rat and thesquirrel kind. The largest kanguroo which has yet been shotweighed about one hundred and forty pounds. But it has beendiscovered that there are two kinds, one of which seldom exceedssixty pounds in weight: these live chiefly on the high grounds:their hair is of a reddish cast, and the head is shorter than inthe larger sort. Young kanguroos which have been taken, have in afew days grown very tame, but none have lived more than two orthree weeks. Yet it is still possible that when their proper foodshall be better known, they may be domesticated. Near some water,in this journey, was found the dung of an animal that fed ongrass, which, it was supposed, could not have been less than ahorse. A kanguroo, so much above the usual size, would have beenan extraordinary phaenomenon, though no larger animal has yetbeen seen, and the limits of growth in that species are notascertained. The tail of the kanguroo, which is very large, isfound to be used as a weapon of offence, and has given suchsevere blows to dogs as to oblige them to desist from pursuit.Its flesh is coarse and lean, nor would it probably be used forfood, where there was not a scarcity of fresh provisions. Thedisproportion between the upper and lower parts of this animal isgreater than has been shown in any former delineations of it, butis well expressed in the plate inserted here.

The dimensions of a stuffed kanguroo in the possession of Mr.Nepean, are these,

 f. in.Length from the point of the nose to the end of the tail, 6 1-- of the tail, 2 1---- head, 0 8---- fore legs, 1 0---- hinder legs, 2 8Circumference of the forepart, by the legs, 1 1---- lower parts, ---- 3 2

The middle toe of the hind feet is remarkably long, strong,and sharp.

The Kanguroo

The natives of New South Wales, though in so rude anduncivilized a state as not even to have made an attempt towardsclothing themselves, notwithstanding that at times they evidentlysuffer from the cold and wet, are not without notions ofsculpture. In all these excursions of Governor Phillip, and inthe neighbourhood of Botany Bay and Port Jackson, the figures ofanimals, of shields, and weapons, and even of men, have been seencarved upon the rocks, roughly indeed, but sufficiently well toascertain very fully what was the the object intended. Fish wereoften represented, and in one place the form of a large lizardwas sketched out with tolerable accuracy. On the top of one ofthe hills, the figure of a man in the attitude usually assumed bythem when they begin to dance, was executed in a still superiorstyle. That the arts of imitation and amusem*nt, should thus inany degree precede those of necessity, seems an exception to therules laid down by theory for the progress of invention. Butperhaps it may better be considered as a proof that the climateis never so severe as to make the provision of covering orshelter a matter of absolute necessity. Had these men beenexposed to a colder atmosphere, they would doubtless have hadclothes and houses, before they attempted to becomesculptors.

In all the country hitherto explored, the parties have seldomgone a quarter of a mile without seeing trees which had been onfire. As violent thunder storms are not uncommon on this coast,it is possible that they may have been burnt by lightning, whichthe gum-tree is thought particularly to attract; but it isprobable also that they may have been set on fire by the natives.The gum-tree is highly combustible, and it is a common practicewith them to kindle their fires at the root of one of thesetrees. When they quit a place they never extinguish the fire theyhave made, but leave it to burn out, or to communicate its flamesto the tree, as accidental circ*mstances may determine.

Governor Phillip, on his return from this excursion, had themortification to find that five ewes and a lamb had been killedvery near the camp, and in the middle of the day. How this hadhappened was not known, but it was conjectured that they musthave been killed by dogs belonging to the natives. The loss ofany part of the stock of cattle was a serious misfortune, sinceit must be a considerable time before it could be replaced. Fishaffords, in this place, only an uncertain resource: on some daysgreat quantities are caught, though not sufficient to save anymaterial part of the provisions; but at times it is very scarce.An account of the live stock at this time in the settlement issubjoined to this chapter.

The three transports bound to China, sailed the 5th, 6th, and8th of May; and the Supply having been caulked, sailed on the 6thto Lord Howe Island for turtle, in hopes of giving some check tothe scurvy, with which the people were still so much affectedthat near two hundred were incapable of work.

From the great labour which attended the clearing of theground it proved to be impracticable to sow at present more thaneight or ten acres with wheat and barley*: and it was apprehendedthat even this crop would suffer from the depredations of antsand field mice. In the beginning of May it was supposed, as ithad been once or twice before, that the rainy season was set in;but in about a week the weather became fine again.

[* Besides what was sown by the Lieutenant Governor and otherindividuals, for the support of their own stock: to assist whom,the labour of the convicts was occasionally lent.]

Chapter XII.

May 1788 to June 1788

The Supply returns from Lord Howe Island--Some convictsassaulted by the natives--excursion of Governor Phillip to BotanyBay by Land--interview with many natives--the fourth of Junecelebrated--some account of the climate.

25 May 1788

On the 25th of May, the Supply tender returned from Lord HoweIsland, but unfortunately without having been able to procure anyturtle. She had met with squally weather, and had been obliged tocut away her best bower anchor, but suffered no other damage. Thethree transports bound for China had all appeared off the islandwhile the Supply remained there.

About this time one of the convicts who, in searching forvegetables, had gone a considerable way from the camp, returnedvery dangerously wounded in the back. He said, that another manwho had gone out for the same purpose, had been carried off bythe natives in his sight, after having been wounded in the head.A shirt and hat were afterwards found, both pierced with spears,in one of the huts of the natives; but no intelligence of the mancould be gained. There could be little doubt that the convictshad been the aggressors, though the man who returned stronglydenied having given any kind of provocation.

30 May 1788

On the thirtieth of May, two men who had been employed incollecting rushes for thatch at some distance from the camp, werefound dead. One of them had four spears in his body, one of whichhad pierced entirely through it: the other had not any marks ofviolence upon him. In this case it was clearly proved that thefirst injury had been offered by the unfortunate men, who paid sodearly for their dishonesty and disobedience of orders; for theyhad been seen with a canoe, which they had taken from one of thefishing places. These events were much regretted by GovernorPhillip, as tending entirely to the frustration of the plan hehad so much at heart, of conciliating the affections of thenatives, and establishing a friendly intercourse with them.

As the rush-cutters tools had been carried away, the Governorthought it might be possible to discover the natives who had beenconcerned in this unfortunate affray; and to make them understandthat the conduct of their assailants had been entirelyunwarranted, and was very highly disapproved. He judged theattempt to be at least worth making, as it seemed the only way torestore that confidence which must have been interrupted by thisaffair. The next day, therefore, he went out with a small party,consisting altogether of twelve persons, and landed at the placewhere the men were killed. After traversing the country for morethan twenty miles, they arrived at the north shore of Botany Bay,without having met with one of the natives.

In this place, at length, they saw about twenty canoesemployed in fishing: and when the fires were made, and the partyencamped to pass the night upon the beach, it was fully expectedthat some of those in the canoes would have joined them, but notone appeared. The next morning, though fifty canoes were drawn upon the beach, not a single person could be found belonging tothem. Governor Phillip had now determined to return to PortJackson; but as he went, keeping for some time near the seacoast, he discovered a great number of the natives, apparentlymore than could belong to that district, assembled at the mouthof a cave. The party was within ten yards of them before theywere perceived, and the Governor had hardly time to make hispeople halt before numbers appeared in arms. The man who seemedto take the lead, as he advanced made signs for the English toretire, but when he saw Governor Phillip approach alone, unarmed,and in a friendly manner, he gave his spear away and met him withperfect confidence. In less than three minutes the English partyfound itself surrounded by two hundred and twelve men; butnothing occurred in this transaction which could in the leastconfirm the idea, that the natives were accustomed to act withtreachery, or inclined to take any cruel advantage of superiorityin numbers. The moment the offered friendship was accepted ontheir side, they laid down their spears and stone hatchets, andjoined the party in the most amicable manner. Numbers of womenand children remained at a small distance, some of whom the menafterwards brought down to receive the little articles which wereoffered as presents. Nothing was seen among these people whichcould at all prove that any of them had been engaged in theaffray with the rush-cutters; and the Governor parted with themon the most friendly terms, but more convinced than ever of thenecessity of treating them with a proper degree of confidence, inorder to prevent disagreement. Had he gone up with all his party,or had he even hesitated a moment before he advanced himself,making the signals of friendship, a lance would probably havebeen thrown, after which nothing could have prevented arencounter, which in such circ*mstances must have been fatal.

Here was seen the finest stream of water that had hithertobeen discovered in the country, but the cove into which it runslies very open to the sea. When the natives saw that the Englishwere going forward towards the next cove, one of them, an oldman, made signs that he might be allowed to go first. He did so,and as soon as he had ascended the hill, called out, holding upboth his hands, (the usual signal of amity among these people) tosignify to the natives in the next cove that they who wereadvancing were friends. The Governor's party did not, however,descend to that cove, but saw about forty men, so that, unlessthey had assembled themselves on some particular occasion, theymust be more numerous in that part than had been before imagined.Governor Phillip had calculated before, from the parties he hadseen, that in Botany Bay, Port Jackson, Broken Bay, and all theintermediate country, the inhabitants could not exceed onethousand five hundred. In crossing the hills at this time betweenBotany Bay and Port Jackson, smoke was seen on the top ofLansdown Hills, which seems to prove beyond a doubt, that thecountry is inhabited as far as those mountains, which are notless than fifty miles from the sea.

Further enquiries having given some reason to suppose, thatone of the natives had been murdered, and several wounded,previously to the attack made upon the rush-cutters, GovernorPhillip on his return, proclaimed the reward of emancipation toany convict who should discover the aggressors. This step, if itdid not in this instance procure any information, seemed likelyto prevent such acts of violence in future.

No very good fortune had hitherto attended the live stockbelonging to the settlement, but the heaviest blow was yet tocome. About this time the two bulls and four cows, belonging toGovernment, and to the Governor, having been left for a time bythe man who was appointed to attend them, strayed into the woods,and though they were traced to some distance, never could berecovered. This was a loss which must be for some timeirreparable.

4 June 1788

The fourth of June was not suffered to pass without duecelebration. It was a day of remission from labour, and ofgeneral festivity throughout the settlement. At sun-rise theSirius and Supply fired each a salute of twenty-one guns, andagain at one o'clock, when the marines on shore also saluted withthree vollies. At sunset the same honours were a third timerepeated from the ships; large bonfires were lighted, and thewhole camp afforded a scene of joy. That there might not be anyexception to the happiness of this day, the four convicts who hadbeen reprieved from death, and banished to an island in themiddle of the harbour, received a full pardon, and were sent forto bear their part in the general exultation. The Governor, inhis letters, with that humanity which so strongly distinguisheshis character, says, he trusts that on this day there was not asingle heavy heart in this part of his Majesty's dominions. Hisown house was the centre of conviviality to all who could beadmitted to that society, nor was any thing neglected which insuch a situation could mark a day of celebrity, consistently withpropriety and good order. Perhaps no birth-day was evercelebrated in more places, or more remote from each other, thanthat of his Majesty on this day.

It was now, it seems, first generally known, that the name ofCumberland County had been given by the Governor to this part ofthe territory. This name had been fixed before the assembling ofthe first courts, for the sake of preserving regularity in theform of the public acts, in which it is usual to name the county.The boundaries fixed for Cumberland County were, on the west,Carmarthen and Lansdown Hills: on the north, the northern partsof Broken Bay; and to the southward, the southern parts of BotanyBay. Thus including completely these three principal bays, andleaving the chief place of settlement at Sydney Cove nearly inthe centre.

On the 22d of June was a slight shock of an earthquake, whichdid not last more than two or three seconds. It was felt by mostpeople in the camp, and by the Governor himself, who heard at thesame time a noise from the southward, which he took at first forthe report of guns fired at a great distance.

24 June 1788

On the 24th, a convict who had absconded on the 5th, havingbeen guilty of a robbery, returned into the camp almost starved.He had hoped to subsist in the woods, but found it impossible.One of the natives gave him a fish, and then made signs for himto go away. He said, that afterwards he joined a party of thenatives, who would have burnt him, but that with some difficultyhe made his escape; and he pretended to have seen the remains ofa human body actually lying on a fire, but little credit can begiven to reports from such a quarter. He was of opinion that thenatives were at this time in great distress for food, and said,that he had seen four of them dying in the woods, who made signsfor something to eat, as if they were perishing through hunger.It is certain that very little fish could be caught at this time,and the convict seemed desirous to suggest the notion that theysupplied their necessities occasionally with human flesh; butthere seems to be no good foundation for such an opinion. Thisman was tried for his offence, pleaded guilty, and suffered withanother criminal.

View in New South Wales

It was now sufficiently ascertained, that though the necessityof subsisting so long chiefly upon salt provisions, and ofremaining encamped in very wet weather had produced the scurvy,and other disorders common in such circ*mstances, the climateitself wherein this new settlement is fixed is mild andsalubrious. Heavy rains had generally attended the changes of themoon during the winter months, but there had not been any timethat could properly be called a rainy season. The clearing awayof the woods will of course assist the circulation of air, andcontinually increase the healthfulness of the place. Violentstorms of thunder and lightning sometimes happened, and GovernorPhillip observed the variation of his thermometer, in the shade,to amount frequently to thirty-three degrees, between eight inthe morning and two in the afternoon. The report of the surgeonat this time is subjoined.

A RETURN OF SICK, ETC. JUNE 30, 1788.Marines sick in the hospital 4Convalescents in the hospital 2Marines sick in camp 18Convalescents in the hospital 6Wives and children of marines sick in the hospital 6Total belonging to the battalion under medical treatment 36Of marines dead from the time of embarkation to landing 1Women dead from the time of embarkation to landing 1Children dead from the time of embarkation to landing 1Marines dead since landing 3Women dead since landing 0Children dead since landing 2Total dead from the time of embarkation to the present date 8Convicts sick in the hospital 20Convalescents in the hospital 4Convicts sick in camp 26Convalescents in the hospital 16Total of convicts under medical treatment 66Male convicts dead from the time of embarkation to landing 36Female convicts dead from the time of embarkation to landing 4Convicts children dead from the time of embarkation to landing 5Total 45Male convicts dead since landing 20Female convicts dead since landing 8Convicts children dead since landing 8Total dead, from the time of embarkation to the present date 81Convicts unfit for labour, from old age, infirmities, etc. 52JOHN WHITE, Surgeon.Sydney Cove, Port Jackson.

Chapter XIII.

June 1788 to July 1788

Particular description of Sydney Cove--Of the buildingsactually erected--and of the intended town--A settlement made atthe head of the harbour.

There are few things more pleasing than the contemplation oforder and useful arrangement, arising gradually out of tumult andconfusion; and perhaps this satisfaction cannot any where be morefully enjoyed than where a settlement of civilized people isfixing itself upon a newly discovered or savage coast. The wildappearance of land entirely untouched by cultivation, the closeand perplexed growing of trees, interrupted now and then bybarren spots, bare rocks, or spaces overgrown with weeds,flowers, flowering shrubs, or underwood, scattered andintermingled in the most promiscuous manner, are the firstobjects that present themselves; afterwards, the irregularplacing of the first tents which are pitched, or huts which areerected for immediate accommodation, wherever chance presents aspot tolerably free from obstacles, or more easily cleared thanthe rest, with the bustle of various hands busily employed in anumber of the most incongruous works, increases rather thandiminishes the disorder, and produces a confusion of effect,which for a time appears inextricable, and seems to threaten anendless continuance of perplexity. But by degrees large spacesare opened, plans are formed, lines marked, and a prospect atleast of future regularity is clearly discerned, and is made themore striking by the recollection of the former confusion.

Sketch of Sydney Cove

To this latter state the settlement at Sydney Cove had now atlength arrived, and is so represented in the plan annexed. Linesare there traced out which distinguish the principal street of anintended town, to be terminated by the Governor's house, the mainguard, and the criminal court. In some parts of this spacetemporary barracks at present stand, but no permanent buildingswill be suffered to be placed, except in conformity to the planlaid down. Should the town be still further extended in future,the form of other streets is also traced in such a manner as toensure a free circulation of air. The principal streets,according to this design, will be two hundred feet wide; theground proposed for them to the southward is nearly level, and isaltogether an excellent situation for buildings. It is proposedby Governor Phillip that when houses are to be built here, thegrants of land shall be made with such clauses as will preventthe building of more than one house on one allotment, which is toconsist of sixty feet in front, and one hundred and fifty feet indepth. These regulations will preserve a kind of uniformity inthe buildings, prevent narrow streets, and exclude manyinconveniences which a rapid increase of inhabitants mightotherwise occasion hereafter. It has been also an object of theGovernor's attention to place the public buildings in situationsthat will be eligible at all times, and particularly to give thestorehouses and hospital sufficient space for future enlargement,should it be found necessary.

The first huts that were erected here were composed of veryperishable materials, the soft wood of the cabbage palm, beingonly designed to afford immediate shelter. The necessity of usingthe wood quite green made it also the less likely to provedurable. The huts of the convicts were still more slight, beingcomposed only of upright posts, wattled with slight twigs, andplaistered up with clay. Barracks and huts were afterwards formedof materials rather more lasting. Buildings of stone might easilyhave been raised, had there been any means of procuring lime formortar. The stone which has been found is of three sorts: A finefree stone, reckoned equal in goodness to that of Portland; anindifferent kind of sand stone, or firestone; and a sort whichappears to contain a mixture of iron. But neither chalk, nor anyspecies of lime-stone has yet been discovered. In building asmall house for the Governor on the eastern side of the Cove,(marked 1 in the plan) lime was made of oyster shells, collectedin the neighbouring coves; but it cannot be expected that limeshould be supplied in this manner for many buildings, or indeedfor any of great extent. Till this difficulty shall be removed bythe discovery of chalk or lime-stone, the public buildings mustgo on very slowly, unless care be taken to send out thosearticles as ballast in all the ships destined for Port Jackson.In the mean time the materials can only be laid in clay, whichmakes it necessary to give great thickness to the walls, and eventhen they are not so firm as might be wished. Good clay forbricks is found near Sydney Cove, and very good bricks have beenmade. The wood, from the specimens that have been received inEngland, appears to be good; it is heavy indeed, but finegrained, and apparently strong, and free from knots. Theimperfections that were found in it at first arose probably fromthe want of previous seasoning.

The hospital is placed on the west side of the Cove, in a veryhealthful situation, entirely clear of the town; and is built insuch a manner as to last for some years. On the high groundbetween the hospital and the town, if water can be found bysinking wells, it is the Governor's intention to erect thebarracks, surrounding them with proper works. These were to havebeen begun as soon as the transports were cleared, and the menhutted, but the progress of work was rendered so slow by the wantof an adequate number of able workmen, that it was necessary topostpone that undertaking for a time. The ground marked out for achurch lies still nearer to the town, so that this edifice willform in part one side of the principal parade. The design whichdemanded the most immediate execution was that of a storehouse,which might be secure from the danger of fire. In a countryexposed to frequent storms of thunder and lightning, it wasrather an uneasy situation to have all the provisions and othernecessaries lodged in wooden buildings, covered with thatch ofthe most combustible kind. On the point of land that forms thewest side of the Cove, and on an elevated spot, a smallobservatory has been raised under the direction of LieutenantDawes, who was charged by the Board of Longitude with the care ofobserving the expected comet. The longitude of this observatoryis ascertained to be 159° 19' 30" east from Greenwich, andthe latitude 32° 52' 30" south. A small house, built by theLieutenant Governor for himself, forms at present the corner ofthe parade; the principal street will be carried on at rightangles with the front of this building. Instead of thatch, theynow use shingles made from a tree in appearance like a fir, butproducing a wood not unlike the English oak. This, though moresecure than thatching, is not enough so for storehouses. Forthese, if slate-stone should not be found, tiles must be made ofthe clay which has been used for bricks. The principal farm issituated in the next cove to the east of the town, and less thanhalf a mile from it. When the plan was drawn it contained aboutnine acres laid down in corn of different kinds. Later accountsspeak of six acres of wheat, eight of barley, and six of othergrain, as raised on the public account, and in a very promisingway.

Sydney cove lies open to the north-east, and is continued in asouth-west direction for near a thousand yards, graduallydecreasing from the breadth of about one thousand four hundredfeet, till it terminates in a point, where it receives a smallstream of fresh water. The anchorage extends about two thousandfeet up the cove, and has soundings in general of four fathomsnear the shore, and five, six, or seven, nearer the middle of thechannel. It is perfectly secure in all winds; and for aconsiderable way up on both sides, ships can lie almost close tothe shore: nor are there, in any part of it, rocks or shallows torender the navigation dangerous. Such a situation could not failto appear desireable to a discerning man, whose object it was toestablish a settlement, which he knew must for some time dependfor support on the importation of the principal necessaries oflife.

It is supposed that metals of various kinds abound in the soilon which the town is placed. A convict, who had formerly beenused to work in the Staffordshire lead mines, declared verypositively, that the ground which they were now clearing,contains a large quantity of that ore: and copper is supposed tolie under some rocks which were blown up in sinking a cellar forthe public stock of spirituous liquors. It is the opinion of theGovernor himself that several metals are actually contained inthe earth hereabouts, and that mines may hereafter be worked togreat advantage: but at present he strongly discourages anysearch of this kind, very judiciously discerning, that in thepresent situation of his people, which requires so many exertionsof a very different nature, the discovering of a mine would bethe greatest evil that could befal the settlement. In some placeswhere they dug, in making wells, they found a substance which atfirst was taken for a metal, but which proving perfectlyrefractory in a very strong and long continued heat, has sincebeen concluded to be black lead. The kind of pigment called bypainters Spanish brown, is found in great abundance, and thewhite clay with which the natives paint themselves is still ingreater plenty. The Abbe le Receveur was of opinion, that thisclay, if cleared from the sand, which might easily be separated,would make excellent porcelain.

The climate at Sydney Cove is considered, on the whole, asequal to the finest in Europe. The rains are not ever of longduration, and there are seldom any fogs: the soil, though ingeneral light, and rather sandy in this part, is full as good asusually is found so near the sea-coast. All the plants and fruittrees brought from Brasil and the Cape, which were not damaged inthe passage, thrive exceedingly; and vegetables have now becomeplentiful, both the European sorts and such as are peculiar tothis country. In the Governor's garden are excellentcauliflowers, and melons very fine of their kinds. The orangetrees flourish, and the fig trees and vines are improving stillmore rapidly. In a climate so favourable, the cultivation of thevine may doubtless be carried to any degree of perfection; andshould not other articles of commerce divert the attention of thesettlers from this point, the wines of New South Wales may,perhaps, hereafter be sought with avidity, and become anindispensable part of the luxury of European tables.

The rank grass under the trees, unfortunately proved fatal toall the sheep purchased by Governor Phillip, on his own and onthe public account. Those which private individuals kept close totheir own tents, and fed entirely there, were preserved. Hogs andpoultry not only thrive but increase very fast; black cattle willdoubtless succeed as well, and it will be easy in future tosecure them from straying. The horses have not met with anyaccident.

The last dispatches from Governor Phillip bring an account ofhis having sent a small detachment up to that ground at the upperend of Port Jackson, which he discovered in one of his excursionsto be so highly fit for cultivation. This party consisted of acaptain, two lieutenants of marines, with twenty-fivenon-commissioned officers and privates: about fifty convicts wereadded as labourers. This spot is very pleasant, and has beennamed by the Governor, Rose-hill. The flax-plant, which was seenat the first arrival of our people, has not been found since inany great abundance. A most ample supply of this valuable articlemay, however, always be obtained from Norfolk Island. GovernorPhillip, when he judged the seeds to be ripe, ordered them to becollected, but at that time very few of the plants were found,and not any in the places where the greatest quantity had beenseen. It is thought that the natives pull up the plant when it isin flower to make their fishing lines.

On the whole, notwithstanding the difficulties anddisadvantages at first experienced, which, though great, were notmore than must naturally be expected to occur in such anundertaking; notwithstanding the sicknesses which from variouscauses prevailed for some time among the people, the settlementat Sydney Cove wore a very promising aspect at the time when thelast accounts were sent; and there can be no doubt that it willbe found hereafter fully to answer every expectation which wasformed when the design was projected. The scantiness of thestreams of fresh water was thought at first unfavourable, butgood springs have since been found by digging. The house builtfor Governor Phillip stands about fifty-six feet above high-watermark, and there, by sinking a well about fifteen feet in therock, an excellent spring of pure water has been obtained.

Chapter XIV.

July 1788 to October 1788

Fish violently seized by the natives--Another expedition ofthe Governor--Further account of the manners and manufactures ofthe native inhabitants of New South Wales--Difficulty ofobtaining any intercourse.

9 July 1788

On the ninth of July, an effort was made by a party ofnatives, which seems to indicate that they were still distressedfor provisions, or that they very highly resent the incroachmentsmade upon their fishing places. A general order had been issuedto those sent out on fishing parties, to give a part of what wascaught to the natives if they approached, however small thequantity taken might be; and by these means they had always beensent away apparently satisfied. But on this day, about twenty ofthem, armed with spears, came down to the spot where our men werefishing, and without any previous attempt to obtain their purposeby fair means, violently seized the greatest part of the fishwhich was in the seine. While this detachment performed this actof depredation, a much greater number stood at a small distancewith their spears poized, ready to have thrown them if anyresistance had been made. But the co*ckswain who commanded thefishing party, very prudently suffered them to take away whatthey chose, and they parted on good terms. This is the onlyinstance in which these people have attempted any unprovoked actof violence, and to this they probably were driven by necessity.Since this transaction, an officer has always been sent down theharbour with the boat.

Governor Phillip went out about this time with a small party,to examine the land between Port Jackson and Broken Bay. Herewere found many hundred acres of land, free from timber, and veryfit for cultivation. He proceeded as far as Pitt Water, and sawseveral of the natives, but none of them chose to approach. Whenthe party returned to the boats near the mouth of the harbour,about sixty of these people, men, women, and children, wereassembled there. Some hours were passed with them in a peacefuland very friendly manner, but though in all this time theydiscovered no uneasiness, they seemed best pleased when theirvisitors were preparing to depart. This has always been the case,since it has been known among them that our people intend toremain on the coast. Many of the women were employed at this timein fishing, a service which is not uncommonly performed by them,the men being chiefly occupied in making canoes, spears,fish-gigs, and the other articles that constitute their smallstock of necessary implements. Two women were here observed to bescarred on the shoulders like the men; this was the firstinstance in which they had been seen so marked.

The sailors who waited on the beach to take care of the boatsaw about two hundred men assembled in two parties, who aftersome time drew themselves up on opposite sides, and from eachparty men advanced singly and threw their spears, guardingthemselves at the same time with their shields. This seemed atfirst to be merely a kind of exercise, for the women belonging toboth parties remained together on the beach; afterwards it had amore serious aspect, and the women are said to have run up anddown in great agitation uttering violent shrieks. But it was notperceived that any men were killed.

As it had been supposed that many of the natives had left thispart of the coast, on account of the great scarcity of fish, thedifferent coves of the harbour were examined in one day. At thistime, not more than sixty-seven canoes were counted, and aboutone hundred and thirty of the people were seen. But it was theseason in which they make their new canoes, and large partieswere known to be in the woods for that purpose.

A few days after this examination, Governor Phillip himselfwent again to explore the coast between Port Jackson and BotanyBay. In this journey few of the natives were seen, but new proofswere observed of their having been distressed for food. In thepreceding summer they would not eat either the shark or thesting-ray, but now even coarser meat was acceptable, and indeedany thing that could afford the smallest nourishment. A youngwhale had just been driven upon the coast, which they were busilyemployed in carrying away. All that were seen at this time hadlarge pieces of it, which appeared to have been laid upon thefire only long enough to scorch the outside. In this state theyalways eat their fish, never broiling it for more than a fewminutes; they broil also the fern root, and another root, ofwhich the plant is not yet known; and they usually eat togetherin families. Among the fruits used by them is a kind of wild fig;and they eat also the kernels of that fruit which resembles apine-apple. The latter, when eaten by some of the French seamen,occasioned violent retchings; possibly the natives may remove thenoxious qualities, by some process like those employed upon thecassada. The winter months, in which fish is very scarce upon thecoast, are June, July, August, and part of September. From thebeaten paths that are seen between Port Jackson and Broken Bay,and in other parts, it is thought that the natives frequentlychange their situation, but it has not been perceived that theymake any regular migrations to the northward in the wintermonths, or to the south in summer.

In consequence of the very extraordinary shyness of thesepeople since the arrival of our settlement, little addition hasbeen made to the knowledge of their manners attained by CaptainCook: but most of his observations have been confirmed. Thewhole, indeed, that can be known of a people, among whomcivilization and the arts of life have made so small a progress,must amount to very little. The assertion that they have nonets*, is amongst the very few that have been found erroneous.Some small nets have been brought over, the manufacture of whichis very curious. The twine of which they are made, appears to becomposed of the fibres of the flax plant, with very littlepreparation; it is very strong, heavy, and so admirably welltwisted as to have the appearance of the best whipcord. GovernorPhillip mentions having had lines of their manufacture, whichwere made from the fur of some animal, and others that appearedto be of cotton. The meshes of their nets are formed of largeloops, very artificially inserted into each other, but withoutany knots. At a small distance they have exactly the appearanceof our common nets, but when they are closely examined thepeculiar mode in which the loops are managed is very remarkable.Some ladies who have inspected one of these nets lately imported,declare that it is formed exactly on the same principle as theground of point lace, except that it has only one turn of thethread, instead of two, in every loop. This net appears to havebeen used either as a landing net, or for the purpose of carryingthe fish when taken. They have also small hoop nets, in whichthey catch lobsters, and sea crayfish. Their canoes and otherimplements are very exactly described by Captain Cook.

[* Cook's first voyage, Hawkesworth, Vol. III. p. 233.--If itwas only meant that they have no large nets for fishing, like thefeine, as the New Zealanders have, the remark is certainlytrue.]

Axe, Basket, and Sword

The inhabitants of New South Wales have very few ornaments,except those which are impressed upon the skin itself, or laid onin the manner of paint. The men keep their beards short, it isthought by scorching off the hair, and several of them at thefirst arrival of our people seemed to take great delight in beingshaved. They sometimes hang in their hair the teeth of dogs, andother animals, the claws of lobsters, and several small bones,which they fasten there by means of gum; but such ornaments havenever been seen upon the women. Though they have not made anyattempt towards clothing themselves, they are by no meansinsensible of the cold, and appear very much to dislike the rain.During a shower they have been observed to cover their heads withpieces of bark, and to shiver exceedingly. Governor Phillip wasconvinced by these circ*mstances that clothing would be veryacceptable to them, if they could be induced to come enough amongthe English to learn the use of it. He has therefore applied fora supply of frocks and jackets to distribute among them, whichare to be made long and loose, and to serve for either men orwomen.

The bodies of these people in general smell strongly of oil,and the darkness of their colour is much increased by dirt. Butthough in these points they shew so little delicacy, they are notwithout emotions of disgust, when they meet with strong effluviato which their organs are unaccustomed. One of them, after havingtouched a piece of pork, held out his finger for his companionsto smell, with strong marks of distaste. Bread and meat theyseldom refuse to take, but generally throw it away soon after.Fish they always accept very eagerly.

Whether they use any particular rites of burial is not yetknown, but from the following account it seems evident that theyburn their dead. The ground having been observed to be raised inseveral places, like the ruder kind of graves of the commonpeople in our church yards, Governor Phillip caused some of thesebarrows to be opened. In one of them a jaw bone was found notquite consumed, but in general they contained only ashes. Fromthe manner in which these ashes were disposed, it appeared thatthe body must have been laid at length, raised from the ground afew inches only, or just enough to admit a fire under it; andhaving been consumed in this posture, it must then have beencovered lightly over with mould. Fern is usually spread upon thesurface, with a few stones, to keep it from being dispersed bythe wind. These graves have not been found in very great numbers,nor ever near their huts.

When the latest accounts arrived from Port Jackson, thenatives still avoided all intercourse with our settlement,whether from dislike or from contempt is not perfectly clear:They think perhaps that we cannot teach them any thing ofsufficient value to make them amends for our encroachments upontheir fishing places. They seem to be among themselves perfectlyhonest, and often leave their spears and other implements uponthe beach, in full confidence of finding them untouched. But theconvicts too frequently carry them off, and dispose of them tovessels coming to England, though at the hazard on one side ofbeing prosecuted for theft, and on the other for purchasingstolen goods. Injuries of this nature they generally revenge onsuch stragglers as they happen to meet; and perhaps have alreadylearnt to distinguish these freebooters, by their blue and yellowjackets, as they very early did the soldiers by their redclothes. Beyond these attacks they have not yet committed anyopen acts of hostility, except the seizing of the fish in theinstance above related. They have not attempted to annoy thesettlers by setting fire to the grass, as they did when CaptainCook was on the coast; nor have they, which is more important,shown any desire to burn the crops of corn. So absolutelyindispensable to the welfare of the settlement is thepreservation of the grain, that an attempt of this kind must atall events be counteracted; but in no other case will any harshmeasures be adopted, or any effort made to drive them to agreater distance. Conciliation is the only plan intended to bepursued: But Governor Phillip, when he last wrote, seemed todespair of getting any of them to remain among his people, longenough for either to acquire the language of the other, except byconstraint. Hitherto he has been unwilling to take this method,but if it can be done in such a manner as not to create anygeneral alarm among them, it will probably turn out to be thekindest piece of violence that could be used. Whenever it shallbe practicable, by any means, to explain to them the friendlydisposition of Governor Phillip and his people towards them, andto make them understand, that the men from whom they receiveoccasional injuries, are already a disgraced class, and liable tosevere punishment for such proceedings, they will then perhapsacquire sufficient confidence in their new countrymen to mix withthem, to enrich themselves with some of their implements, and tolearn and adopt some of the most useful and necessary of theirarts. It may, indeed, admit of a doubt whether many of theaccommodations of civilized life, be not more thancounterbalanced by the artificial wants to which they give birth;but it is undeniably certain that to teach the shivering savagehow to clothe his body, and to shelter himself completely fromthe cold and wet, and to put into the hands of men, ready toperish for one half of the year with hunger, the means ofprocuring constant and abundant provision, must be to confer uponthem benefits of the highest value and importance.

According to the latest advices from Governor Phillip, theSirius sailed for the Cape on the 2d of October, 1788, topurchase grain, flour, and other necessaries. Live stock was notto be procured by this ship, as being less wanted in the presentstate of the settlement, which had provisions in store foreighteen months, but not grain enough for seed, and for thesupport of cattle. The Fishburn and Golden Grove storeshipssailed in November for England; the Supply was detained in PortJackson for occasional use. At this time the officers were all inseparate houses, and the whole detachment comfortably lodged,though the barracks were yet unfinished. Nothing more, thatrequires to be related, has yet been heard from thesettlement.

REMARKS and DIRECTIONS for SAILING into PORT JACKSON, by Capt.J. HUNTER, of the Sirius.

In coming in with Port Jackson, you will not immediatelydiscover where the harbour is: Steer right in for the outerpoints, for there is not any thing in the way but what showsitself by the sea breaking on it, except a reef on the southshore which runs off a small distance only: when you are pastthis reef and are a-breast the next point on the same side, youwill open to the south-ward of you an extensive branch of theharbour, into which you will sail; taking care to keep the shoreon either side well on board, for there is a reef which dries atlow water and lies very near the mid-channel, right off the firstsandy cove on the east shore; this reef is pretty broad athwart,as well as up and down the channel, and shoals very gradually:The marks for it are, the outer north point and inner south pointtouching, Green Point will then be on with a remarkable notch inthe back land. To avoid it to the eastward, pass the inner southhead a cable's length from it, and when you open any part of thesandy beach of Camp Cove, haul short in for it until you bringthe inner north head and inner south head on with each other;that mark will carry you up in five and six fathom: But if youcannot weather the reef, tack and stand into Camp Cove, whichshoals gradually. If you pass to the westward of the reef, steerin for Middle Cape, which is steep too, then steer up for thenext point above it on the same side; when you are that length,you may take what part of the channel you please, or anchor whereyou like.

It flows Full and Change a quarter past eight.
Rises 4 6 Neap Tide.
Rises 6 0 Spring Tide.

Plan of Port Jackson

Chapter XV.

Some Specimens of Animals from New South Wales.

The great advantage of a scientific eye over that of theunlearned observer, in viewing the productions of nature, cannotbe more strongly exemplified than by the present state of thenatural history of Botany Bay, and its vicinity. The English whofirst visited this part of the coast, staid there only a week,but having among them persons deeply versed in the study ofnature, produced an account, to which the present settlers, aftera residence of near eleven months when the last dispatches weredated, have been able to add but very little of importance. Theproperties and relations of many objects are known to thephilosopher at first sight, his enquiries after novelty areconducted with sagacity, and when he cannot describe by name whathe discovers, as being yet unnamed, he can at least refer it toits proper class and genus. The observation of unskilful personsis often detailed by trivial resemblances, while it passes by themarks which are really characteristic. Governor Phillip, in oneof his letters, remarking the prodigious variety of vegetableproductions then before his eyes, laments, that among all thepeople with him there happens not to be one who has any tolerableknowledge of botany. This circ*mstance is perhaps less to beregretted than a deficiency in any other branch of naturalknowledge. The researches of some gentlemen among the firstvoyagers were particularly directed to botanical discoveries, anda work which is now preparing, in a style of uncommon accuracyand elegance by one of the most illustrious of them, willprobably discover that there was little left undone, even intheir short stay, towards completing that branch of enquiry. Ofquadrupeds the whole stock contained in the country appears to beconfined to a very few species: Wolves have not been seen, thoughthe tracks of them were so frequently thought to be detected onthis coast by Captain Cook's party. Birds are numerous, but theybelong in general to classes already known to naturalists; a fewdrawings however, and specimens of both, have been sent over.These, to gratify, as far as possible, the curiosity of thosereaders whose attention is particularly directed to naturalhistory, have been engraved, and a short account of them isthrown together in this chapter. Of reptiles few have been seenthat are at all curious. A large Lizard, of the Scincus kind,with the remarkable peculiarity of a small spine or horn standingnear the extremity of the tail, is said to be among somespecimens sent over as private presents; and also a kind of frog,whose colour is blue; but these do not in other respects differmaterially from the usual form of their respective species. Theants are fully described in Captain Cook's first voyage.

QUADRUPEDS.

The KANGUROO has been particularly described already.

THE SPOTTED OPOSSUM.

The annexed plate represents a small animal of the opossumkind, which has not before been delineated. It is perhaps thesame which is slightly described in Captain Cook's first voyageas resembling a polecat, having the back spotted with white; andis there said to be called by the natives Quoll.* The colourhowever is darker, being rather black than brown.

[* Hawkesw. iii. p. 222.]

Spotted Opossum

The Spotted Opossum, for so it may properly be named, is inlength from the nose to the extremity of the tail abouttwenty-five inches, of which the tail itself takes up about nineor ten. The general colour of the animal is black, inclining tobrown beneath; the neck and body spotted with irregular roundishpatches of white; the ears are pretty large, and stand erect, thevisage is pointed, the muzzle furnished with long slender hairs;the fore, as well as hind legs, from the knees downward, almostnaked, and ash-coloured; on the fore feet are five claws, and onthe hind, four and a thumb without a claw; the tail, for about aninch and an half from the root, covered with hairs of the samelength as those on the body, from thence to the end with longones not unlike that of a squirrel. The specimen from which theabove account was taken, is a female, and has six teats placed ina circle, within the pouch.

Another animal of the opossum kind has been sent alive to theRev. Dr. Hamilton, Rector of St. Martin's, Westminster, and isnow living in the possession of Mr. J. Hunter. It appears to beof the same sort as that mentioned in Captain Cook's firstvoyage,* and that also which was found near Adventure Bay,represented in the eighth plate of Captain Cook's third voyage,and slightly described in Vol. I. p. 109 of that work: but itmust be owned, that neither its form nor character is very wellexpressed in that plate.

[* Hawkesw. vol. iii. p. 182.]

The countenance of this animal much resembles that of a fox,but its manners approach more nearly to those of the squirrel.When disposed to sleep, or to remain inactive, it coils itself upinto a round form; but when eating, or on the watch for anypurpose, sits up, throwing its tail behind it. In this posture ituses its fore feet to hold any thing, and to feed itself. Whenirritated, it sits still more erect on the hind legs, or throwsitself upon its back, making a loud and harsh noise. It feedsonly on vegetable substances.

This specimen is a male. The fur is long, but close and thick;of a mixed brown or greyish colour on the back, under the bellyand neck, of a yellowish white. Its length is about eighteeninches, exclusive of the tail, which is twelve inches long, andprehensile. The face is three inches in length, broad above andvery pointed at the muzzle, which is furnished with longwhiskers. The eyes are very large, but not fierce. On the forefeet are five claws; on the hind, three and a thumb. The teethare two in the front of the upper jaw, and two in the lower; theupper projecting beyond the under. In the Kanguroo it isremarkable that there are four teeth in the upper jaw, opposed totwo in the under. The testicl*s are contained in a pendulousscrotum, between the two thighs of the hind legs, as in thecommon opossum. The affinity of almost all the quadrupeds yetdiscovered on this coast to the opossum kind, in the circ*mstanceof the pouch in which the female receives and suckles her young,seems to open a field of investigation most interesting to thenaturalist: and the public will doubtless learn with pleasure,that it is the intention of the most able comparative anatomistof the age, to give a paper on this subject to the Royal Society.It cannot, therefore, be necessary at present to pursue theenquiry any farther.

THE VULPINE OPOSSUM.

This is not unlike the common fox in shape, but considerablyinferior to it in respect to size, being, from the point of thenose to the setting on of the tail, only twenty-six inches; thetail itself fifteen inches: the upper parts of the body are of agrisly colour, arising from a mixture of dusky and white hairs,with rufous-yellow tinge; the head and shoulders partaking mostof this last colour: round the eyes blackish: above the nostrilsten or twelve black whiskers, four inches or more in length: allthe under parts of the body are of a tawny buff-colour, deepeston the throat, where the bottom of the hairs are rust-colour: thetail is of the colour of the back for about one quarter of itslength, from thence to the end, black: the toes on the fore feetare five in number, the inner one placed high up: on the hindfeet four toes only: with a thumb, consisting of two joints,without a claw, placed high up at the base of the inner toe. Thewhole foot serving the purpose of a hand, as observable in manyof the opossum genus. The legs are much shorter in proportionthan those of the common fox: the ears about one inch and an halfin length: in the upper jaw are six cutting teeth, and fourgrinders, with two small canine teeth placed at an equal distancebetween them: in the under jaw two long cutting teeth, not unlikethose of a squirrel, and four grinders to answer those in theupper jaw, but no canine teeth.--A representation of the mouthand teeth may be seen in one of the following plates.

Vulpine Opossum

NORFOLK ISLAND FLYING SQUIRREL.

Size of the American grey squirrel, and the general colour ofthe upper parts very nearly resembling that animal; the underparts white: from the nose to the tail runs a streak of duskyblack, and another springs on each side of the head behind thenostrils, passing over the eyes and finishing behind them: earsnot rising from the head: on each side of the body is a broadflap or membrane, as in other flying squirrels, which is unitedto both the fore and hind legs, as usual in many of thisdivision: this membrane is black, fringed on the outer edge withwhite: the tail for two-thirds of the length, is of an elegantash colour, paler than the body, from thence to the end duskyblack: the toes on the fore legs are five in number; those of thehinder uncertain, as the legs behind were wanting: length fromhead to rump nine inches; the tail is ten inches.

Norfolk Island Flying Squirrel

BIRDS.

BLUE BELLIED PARROT. Order II. Pies. Genus V. Species XIV.Var. B.

Described thus by Mr. Latham.

"The length of this beautiful parrot is fifteen inches. Thebill is reddish: orbits black: head and throat dark blue, with amixture of lighter blue feathers: back part of the head green;towards the throat yellow green: back and wings green: primequills dusky, barred with yellow: breast red, mixed with yellow:belly of a fine blue: thighs green and yellow: tail cuneiform;the two middle feathers green; the others the same, but brightyellow on the outer edges: legs dusky. Inhabits Botany Bay in NewHolland." Latham's Synopsis, vol. i. p. 213.

To this account little need be added, except that in ourpresent specimens the parts there said to be blue are rather abright lilac: the bill is a deep orange; and there are red spotson the back between the wings, and a few near the ventfeathers.

Blue-bellied Parrot

TABUAN PARROT. Order and Genus the same. Species XVI. AVariety.

The bird here represented has been seen by Mr. Latham, and wasby him referred to this species; of which however it seems a veryremarkable variety: The prevalent colour of the head, neck andbreast, being, instead of a deep crimson or purplish red, as inhis description and plate, as well as in a fine specimen now inhis own collection, a very bright scarlet: the blue mark acrossthe lower part of the neck appears the same; but the bluefeathers in the wings are entirely wanting; and the bill is notblack. (See Latham's Synopsis, vol. i. p. 214.)

The specimen here delineated may be thus described.

Length twenty-four inches: bill brown, the upper mandibletinged with red: the head, neck, and all the under parts of thebody a bright scarlet: the back and wings a fine green. On thelower part of the neck, between that and the back, a crescent ofblue: the tail long and cuneiform, most of its feathers deepblue: the legs ash coloured: on the upper part of the wings anarrow line of lighter green.

Tabuan Parrot

PENNANTIAN PARROT. Order and Genus the same. Species, 134.

Size of the scarlet lory, length sixteen inches: the bill of ablueish horn colour; the general colour of the plumage scarlet;the base of the under mandible and the chin covered with richblue feathers: the back black, the feathers edged with crimson:wings blue, down the middle much paler than the rest: the quillsand tail black, the feathers edged outwardly with blue, and threeof the outer tail feathers, from the middle to the end, of a palehoary blue: the tail is wedge shaped, the middle feathers eightinches in length; the outermost, or shortest, only four: thebottom of the thighs blue, legs dusky, claws black.

This beautiful bird is not unfrequent about Port Jackson, andseems to correspond greatly with the Pennantian Parrot, describedby Mr. Latham in the supplement to his General Synopsis of Birds,p. 61. differing in so few particulars, as to make us suppose itto differ only in sex from that species.

Pennantian Parrot

PACIFIC PAROQUET. Order and Genus the same. Species L VI. Anew variety.

Mr. Latham's description is this:

"Length twelve inches, bill of a silvery blue; end black: insome, the forehead and half the crown; in others, the foreheadonly, of a deep crimson: behind each eye a spot of the samecolour: on each side of the vent a patch of the same: the plumagein general of a dark green, palest on the under parts: the tailis cunei-form; the two middle feathers are five inches and anhalf in length; the outer ones two inches and an half; upperparts of it the same green with the body; beneath ash colour: theouter edge of the wings, as far as the middle of the quills, deepblue; the ends of the quills dusky: legs brown: claws black."Latham's Synopsis, vol. I. p. 252.

The variety here represented has a brown bill, tinged with redat the end, and a cap of azure blue at the back of the head,interspersed with a few small feathers of a yellowish green; thetop of the wings is of a yellow hue, and there are no bluefeathers in the wings.

Pacific Parrakeet

THE SACRED KING'S FISHER. Order of Birds II. Pies. GenusXXIII. Species 12.

The following description is extracted from Mr. Latham'sSynopsis of Birds, vol. ii. p. 623. The specimen hererepresented, being the same as his fourth variety of that speciesmarked D.

"This in size is rather less than a blackbird: the bill isblack; the lower mandible yellowish at the base: head, back,wings, and tail, blue tinged with green: the under parts of thebody white, extending round the middle of the neck like a collar:legs blackish."

To which account we may add, that the bill is very strong atthe base, and sharp at the point; that the feathers immediatelyabove the bill are tinged with yellow; and that the toes, as inmost of this species, are three before and one behind.

Sacred Kings-fisher

SUPERB WARBLER, MALE. Birds, Order III. Passerine. Genus XLI.Warbler. Species 137. A new variety.

"The length of this beautiful species is five inches and ahalf: the bill black: the feathers of the head are long, andstand erect like a full crest; from the forehead to the crownthey are of a bright blue; from thence to the nape, black likevelvet: through the eyes from the bill, a line of black; beneaththe eye springs a tuft of the same blue feathers; beneath theseand on the chin, it is of a deep blue almost black, and feelinglike velvet: on the ears is another patch of blue, and across theback part of the head a band of the same, (in some specimens, thepatches of blue under the eye and on the ear unite together, andjoin with the band at the nape, as in the plate*) the wholegiving the head a greater appearance of bulk than is natural: thehind part of the neck and upper parts of the body and tail, deepblue black; the under, pure white: wings, dusky; shafts of thequills chesnut: the tail, two inches and a quarter long, andcuneiform; the two outer feathers very short: legs dusky brown:claws black." Latham's Synopsis, vol. iv. p. 501.

[* Latham's Synopsis, vol. iv. pl. 53.]

The disposition of the blue is found to differ in most of thespecimens. In the present variety, the whole head is enveloped inblue, which terminates in an irregularly waving line, and iscontinued below the eye in a broad band, edged in the samemanner, and running almost to a point, as low as the bottom ofthe neck on each side; but there is no band continued round theneck, which, both above and below, is of the deep blue likevelvet, mentioned by Mr. Latham. Some feathers of a very brightorange lie immediately under that blue, and above the wings*.

[* The Specimens from which Mr. Latham took his descriptionswere met with at Van Diemen's Land, the most southern part of NewHolland.]

Male Superb Warbler

SUPERB WARBLER, Female.

When Mr. Latham's Synopsis was published, the female of thisspecies was entirely unknown; and it was conjectured by thatauthor that the disposition of the blue might possibly mark thesexes. The female is now discovered to be entirely destitute ofall the fine blue colours, both pale and dark, by which the maleis adorned, except that there is a very narrow circle of azureround each eye, apparently on the skin only: all the upperfeathers consist of shades of brown, and the whole throat andbelly is pure white. Except from the shape and size, this birdwould not be suspected at first sight to belong to the samespecies as the male: the epithet of superb applies very ill tothe female.

Female Superb Warbler

CASPIAN TERN. Birds, Order IX. Webfooted. Genus LXXXVIII.Species I. Variety B.

Mr. Latham's description is as follows.

"Length nineteen or twenty inches: bill three inches, stoutand of a pale yellow: nostrils pervious: the crown of the headblack; the feathers longish, and forming a kind of pensile crestat the nape; the rest of the head, neck, and under parts of thebody, white: back and wings pale cinereous grey: quills grey,with the ends dusky; the inner webs, half way from the base,white: tail grey, forked; the end half of the other featherswhite; the last is exceeded by the first an inch: legs black.Supposed to inhabit China; seen also, or very similar, from theFriendly Isles; also found at Hapaee, one of the SandwichIslands." Syn. Vol. vi. p. 351.

NORFOLK ISLAND PETREL. Order IX. Web-Footed. Genus Xc.

Length sixteen inches, bill one inch and an half long, black,and very hooked at the tip: the head as far as the eyes, the chinand throat, waved, brown and dusky white: the rest of the body onthe upper parts of a sooty brown, the under of a deep ash colour;the inner part of the quills, especially next the base, verypale, nearly white, and the wings, when closed, exceed the tailby about an inch: the tail is much rounded in shape, and consistsof twelve feathers, of the same colour as the upper parts of thebody: the legs are pale yellow, the outer toe black the wholelength, the middle one half way from the tip, the webs alsocorrespond, the outer one being black, except just at the base;and the inner one black for about one third from the end: theclaws black; the spur, which serves in place of a back toe, isalso black.

This inhabits Norfolk Island, and burrows in the sand like arabbit, lying hid in the holes throughout the day, and coming outof evenings in quest of food. This bird appears to differ so verylittle from the dark grey Petrel of Cook's Voyage, vol. i. p.258. that it is not improbable it may prove to be the samespecies. This is described in the General Synopsis of Birds, vol.vi. p. 399. under the name of Grey Petrel; as also anotherspecies, in p. 400. by the name of White-breasted Petrel,differing only in the breast from our specimen.

Norfolk Island Petrel

BRONZE-WINGED PIGEON. Order IV. Columbine. Genus XLVI.

Size of a large dove-house pigeon: general colour of theplumage ash-coloured, brown on the upper parts, the feathersmargined with pale rufous; the under parts pale ash-colour, withvery pale margins: the wing coverts are much the same colour asthe back, but the greater ones, or lower series, have each ofthem a large oval spot of bronze on the outer webs near the ends,forming together, when the wings are closed, two bars of the mostbrilliant and beautiful bronze, changing into red, copper, andgreen, in different reflections of light: several of the feathersalso among the other coverts have the same spots on them, but areirregularly placed: the quills are brown, with the inner webs,from the middle to the base, pale rufous; as are the sides of thebody and all the under wing coverts: the tail consists of sixteenfeathers; the two middle ones are brown, the others pale lead, ordove colour, with a bar of black near the tips: the bill is of adull red: the forehead very pale, nearly white, passing a littleway under the eye: the chin and throat pale grey: the legs arered.

This bird inhabits Norfolk Island; and is clearly anon-descript species.

Bronze-winged Pigeon

WHITE-FRONTED HERON. Order VII. Cloven-footed. Genus LXV.

This is little more than half the size of the common Heron:length 28 inches: the general colour of the plumage is bluishash, inclining to lead colour: top of the head black, and atrifle crested; the forehead, sides of the head, chin, and throatwhite, passing downwards, and finishing in a point about themiddle of the neck before: on the lower part of the neck thefeathers are long and loose, and of a pale rufous cinnamoncolour; all the under parts of the body also incline to this lastcolour, but are much paler: the quills and tail are dark leadcolour, nearly black: on the back the feathers are long andnarrow, and hang part of the way on the tail: the bill is fourinches long, and black; but the base half of the under mandibleis yellowish: the legs are formed as in other herons, of ayellowish brown colour, and the claws are black.

This bird was sent from Port Jackson in New Holland, and as ithas not been noticed by any author, we consider it as a newspecies.

White-fronted Heron

WATTLED BEE-EATER. Order II. Pies. Genus XXVI.

The size of this bird is nearly that of a cuckow: lengthfourteen inches and a half: the bill one inch long, and of nearlythe same shape and size as in the Poe Bird; the colour black: thegeneral colour of the plumage is brown, palest on the underparts; most of the feathers are pointed in shape, and have astreak of white down the middle: the fore part of the head, asfar as the eyes, is smooth, but the rest of the head appearsfull, the feathers being longer: from the gape of the bill abroad streak of silvery white passes under the eye, and beneaththis, on each side of the throat, hangs a pendulous wattle, abouthalf an inch in length, and of an orange colour: the wings, whenclosed, reach about one third on the tail, which is about halfthe length of the bird, and cuneiform in shape: both the quillsand tail feathers are of a darker brown than the rest of bird,and have the tips white: the middle of the belly is yellow: thelegs are of a pale brown, the hind toe very stout, and the outertoe connected to the middle one as far as the first joint.

The above inhabits New Holland; it was received from PortJackson, and is no doubt a non-descript species.

Wattled Bee-eater

PSITTACEOUS HORNBILL. Order II. Pies. Genus VIII.

The bird is about the size of a crow: the total length twofeet three inches: the bill is large, stout at the base, muchcurved at the point, and channelled on the sides; the colour palebrown, inclining to yellow near the end: the nostrils are quiteat the base, and are surrounded with a red skin, as is the eyealso, on the upper part: the head, neck, and under parts of thebody are pale blue-grey; the upper parts of the body, wings, andtail, ash colour; and most of the feathers are tipt with duskyblack, forming bars of that colour across the wings: the wings,when closed, reach to near three-quarters of the length of thetail: the tail itself is long, and cuneiform, the two middlefeathers measuring eleven inches, and the outer one on each sidelittle more than seven; a bar of black crosses the whole near theend, and the tips of all the feathers are white: the legs areshort and scaly, and the toes placed two forwards, and twobackwards, as in those of the toucan or parrot genus: the colourof legs and claws black.*

[* Mr. Latham, who has been kind enough to give his sentimentson this occasion, is of opinion that this bird does not strictlybelong to any of the present established genera. The make indeedis altogether that of an hornbill, and the edges of the mandibleare smooth, but the toes being placed two forwards and twobackwards, seem to rank it with the Parrots or Toucans; and ithas been unlucky that in the specimen from which the descriptionwas taken, the tongue was wanting, which might in a great measurehave determined the point: but the inducement for placing it withthe hornbills has had the greater weight, as not a single speciesof the toucan tribe has yet been met with in that part of theworld.]

This bird was killed at Port Jackson, and we believe it to behitherto non-descript.

Psittaceous Hornbill

Such is the account of the birds of which drawings orspecimens have been obtained from Port Jackson or from NorfolkIsland. Wild ducks, teal, quails, and other common species arenumerous in both places, and the variety, as well as number ofthe small birds is considerable. Birds of the Cassowary or Emukind have very frequently been seen; but they are so shy, and runso swiftly, that only one has yet been killed. That bird was shotnear the camp, while Governor Phillip was absent on his firstexpedition to Broken Bay, and was thought by him to differmaterially both from the ostrich and cassowary; the skin was sentover, but at the time when this sheet was printed off, had notbeen stuffed, or put into form. Should it, on examination,exhibit any remarkable peculiarities, we shall endeavour toobtain a description of it, to subjoin at the conclusion of thisvolume.

Since stating the dimensions of the kanguroo, in page 106,Lord Sydney has received from Governor Phillip, a male of a muchlarger size, which measures as follows.

 f. in.Length from the point of the nose to the end of the tail, 8 5Length of the tail, 3 1-- head, 0 11-- fore legs, 2 0-- hind legs 3 7Circumference of the fore part by the legs, 1 9---- lower parts -- 4 5Round the thicker part of the tail, which graduallytapers to the end. 1 1

The above is the largest kanguroo that has yet been seen, andthere is every reason to believe that even this had not nearlyattained its full growth.

Lieutenant Shortland describes them as feeding in herds ofabout thirty or forty, and assures us, that one is alwaysobserved to be apparently upon the watch, at a distance from therest.

Skeleton of the Head of the Kanguroo and VulpineOpossum

Chapter XVI.

PAPERS RELATIVE TO THE SETTLEMENT AT PORT JACKSON.

These artificers were employed on the representation of theLieutenant-Governor to Governor Phillip, that it was impossibleto erect the barracks necessary for the officers and men of thedetachment, without employing such artificers for that purpose ascould be found among themselves. It was at the same timerepresented, that these men could not properly be retained atsuch work, unless they were to be paid in the customary manner ofpaying all troops employed on extra works for the public service:and more especially, as it was known that the artificers takenfrom the ships of war and transports were to be paid for all workdone on shore.

Governor Phillip agreed entirely as to the necessity ofemploying the artificers, and with respect to their pay, had nodoubt that the matter must be decided by custom: In consequenceof which he issued an order for that purpose on the 17th of May,1788.

No. III.

The Right Hon. the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty, in aletter, dated the 8th of October, 1786, addressed to thecommanding officers of each division of the marines, directedthem to signify to such marines as would make a voluntary tenderof their service for Botany Bay, that they should at theexpiration of their station of three years be entitled to theirdischarge on their return to England, provided their goodbehaviour during this service should have merited such marks offavour: Or that, if they preferred it, they should at the time ofrelief be discharged in New South Wales, and permitted to settlethere. In consequence of this, at the date of the followingpaper, the question was put by the Lieutenant Governor to all theofficers and men, whether they chose to remain in the country,either as soldiers or settlers. Before this question was asked,Major Ross applied to Governor Phillip to know what encouragementGovernment held out to those who should wish to remain in eithercapacity. To this application it was answered by the Governor,that the proper instructions and authorities for giving everyreasonable encouragement to such of the military and others asshould be desirous to remain in New South Wales, and for makinggrants of land, were to be sent from England as soon asGovernment being sufficiently informed of the actual state of thecountry, and the quality of the soil, at and near the settlement,could determine what was the most eligible mode of granting thelands.

Those documents having been received, the amplest powers arenow to be sent out to Governor Phillip, that he may make suchgrants and give such encouragement as may be proportioned to themerits of those who apply, and satisfactory to everyindividual.

The following list exhibits the result of the question put bythe Lieutenant Governor to the officers and men of the marines,concerning their desire to return, or to remain in New SouthWales.

LIST of such OFFICERS, NON-COMMISSIONED OFFICERS, DRUMMERS,and PRIVATES, as are desirous of remaining in this Country, afterthe time when their Lordships the Commissioners of the Admiraltyintended to relieve the Detachment, as expressed in their Letterof the 8th October, 1788.

NEW SOUTH WALES, 1st October, 1788.

Names and quality. Desirous of remaining in this country.

Watkin Tench, Capt. Lieutenant, as a soldier for one tour moreof three years.

George Johnstone, First Lieutenant, having been so short atime in this country, cannot determine whether he would wish toremain or not, as to settling can say nothing.

John Johnstone, ditto, having been so short a time in thiscountry, cannot determine whether he would wish to remain anothertour or not, as to settling can say nothing, till he knows onwhat terms.

James Maitland Shairp, ditto, being so short a time in thecountry, he cannot yet judge whether he would wish to remain ornot another tour, as to settling, until he knows the terms andnature of the grants, cannot determine.

William Dawes, Second Lieutenant, as a soldier for one tourmore of three years.

William Baker, Serjeant, as a soldier.
George Flemming, private, as a soldier for three years more.
Isaac Tarr, ditto, as a settler.
James Manning, as a soldier.

All the officers, non-commissioned officers, drummers, andprivate men of the detachment, whose names are not expressed inthe above list, wish to return to England, at the time proposedby their Lordship's letter of the 8th October, 1786, or as soonafter as their Lordships may find it convenient.

R. ROSS, MAJOR.

No. IV.

AN ACCOUNT OF PROVISIONS REMAINING IN HIS MAJESTY'S STORES, ATSYDNEY COVE, NEW SOUTH WALES, 30TH SEPTEMBER, 1788.

Flour, 414,176 pounds, is 62 weeks ration.Rice, 51,330 -- -- 15 --Beef, 127,608 -- -- 43 --Pork, 214,344 -- -- 128 --Pease, 2,305 bushels, -- 58 --Butter, 15,450 pounds, -- 49 --Number of Persons victualled.Men, 698. Women, 193. Children, 42.Provisions at Norfolk Island, twenty months.Number of Persons victualled.Men,44. Women, 16.ANDREW MILLER, Commissary.

No. V.

Return of Sick, September 27th, 1788.Marines sick in hospital 4 ---- camp 21Marine women and children in camp 5Deaths since last return 0Total belonging to the battalionunder medical treatment 30Male convicts sick 62Female ditto and children 31Total of convicts under medicaltreatment 93Male convicts dead since the lastreport of June 30 6Female convicts ditto since ditto 4Total convicts dead since ditto 10Convicts unserviceable from oldage, infirmities, etc. 53

Chapter XVII.

Nautical directions, and other detached remarks, by LieutenantBall, concerning Rio de Janeiro, Norfolk Island, Ball Pyramid,and Lord Howe Island.

Some notice has already been taken in the preceding sheets ofRio de Janeiro, Norfolk Isle, and Lord Howe Isle; but since theywere committed to the press, the following particulars respectingthose places have very obligingly been communicated to theeditor, by Lieutenant Henry Lidgbird Ball. As these remarks arethe result of minute observation, they cannot fail of beinguseful and interesting to the seafaring reader, which, it ispresumed, will be a sufficient apology for giving them a placehere.

There is no danger in going up the harbour to Rio de Janeirobut what may easily be seen. The course up the harbour isnorth-west by north; you anchor before the town in seventeenfathoms water, over a muddy bottom; the middle of the townbearing west by north, west, or west by south, about a mile andan half distant from the watering place, and the Fort Saint Cruzbearing south-east. No pilot is necessary; the soundings a-breastof St. Cruz Fort are twenty-two fathoms, and shoal gradually toseventeen fathoms, where the ships moored a-breast of the town.The tide flows two hours and thirty minutes at full and change,and rises in general about eight feet. In going into the harbour,it is necessary to keep the starboard shore best aboard, as thetide sets on the other side, till you get nearly a-breast of St.Cruz Fort, and in that situation you must be on your guard, ifgoing in with the flood, as the passage is narrow: and there arewhirlpools in many places, which will take all command from therudder. Water is procured at a pipe, by which it is conveyed froma fountain situated in the large square near the principallanding place, which is opposite the palace. This pipe iscontinued down to the waterside, and you fill your casks inboats: the water is so plentiful, that a fleet might be suppliedin a short time.

Bullocks, sheep, and Portugal wine, may be had here in plenty;there is also an excellent market for poultry and vegetablesevery day; in short, every refreshment that is necessary for afleet may be procured in great abundance, and very cheap.

The whole harbour, as well as the town, is defended by anumber of strong fortifications; and as far as Lieutenant Ballhad an opportunity of examining the harbour, the draft of itpublished in the East India chart is very true, the soundingsright, and the bearings very accurate.

Their trade is chiefly to Portugal, and consists of bullion,indigo, sugar, rum, tobacco, brazil wood, whale-oil, whale bone,spermaceti, etc. and of late years diamonds and many othervaluable commodities.

In approaching Norfolk Island there is no danger: Lieut. Ballanchored in nineteen fathoms, over a bottom of coarse sand andcoral, the north-east end of the island bearing west south-westquarter west; the easternmost rocks east south-east, about a miledistant from the nearest shore: at this place Capt. Cook landed.Ships have anchored also at south end of the isle in twenty-twofathoms, the westernmost point of Phillip Isle south south-east,the body of Nepean's Isle east north-east half east, and thesouth point of Norfolk Isle north-east by east. They anchoredagain in eighteen fathoms, over a bottom of sand and coral, thewest point of Phillip Isle bearing south, the easternmost pointof it south south-east half east, and the south point of NorfolkIsle north-east. The pine trees on this island are of an immensesize, measuring from twenty to twenty-seven and even thirty feetin girth, and so tall that it was not easy to form any exactjudgment of their height. This place affords vast numbers ofcabbage trees, and amazing quantities of fish may be procured onthe banks that lie on the west side of the small island; thosethey got on board the Supply were of the snapper kind, and verygood, yet they were caught in such abundance that many of thepeople were as much satiated with them as the sailors are withcod on the banks of Newfoundland.

The only places where it was found practicable to land wasa-breast of their first station (which is the place described byCaptain Cook, and where the people landed with the utmostdifficulty,) and at Sydney Bay on the south end of the isle, theouter breaker off the westernmost point in sight bearingnorth-west by west half west.

Map and View of Lord Howe Island

Lord Howe Island was discovered by Lieutenant Henry LidgbirdBall, Commander of his Majesty's tender Supply, on the 17thFebruary, 1788, and was so named by him, in honour of the RightHonourable Lord Howe. At the same time he observed a remarkablyhigh pyramidical rock at a considerable distance from the island,which has been named Ball's Pyramid; from a correct drawing ofthis rock and others near it, the annexed engraving wastaken.

Ball's Pyramid

There is no danger in approaching Lord Howe island, the Supplyanchored there in thirteen fathoms, sand and coral; but therelies about four miles from the south-west part of the pyramid, adangerous rock, which shows itself a little above the surface ofthe water, and appears not to be larger than a boat. LieutenantBall had no opportunity of examining whether there is a safepassage between them or not. The island is in the form of acrescent, the convex side towards the north-east. Two points atfirst supposed to be separate islands, proved to be highmountains on its south-west end, the southernmost of which wasnamed Mount Gower, and the other Mount Lidgbird; between thesemountains there is a very deep valley, which obtained the name ofErskine Valley; the south-east point was called Point King, andthe north-west point, Point Phillip. The land between these twopoints forms the concave side of the island facing thesouth-west, and is lined with a sandy beach, which is guardedagainst the sea by a reef of coral rock, at the distance of halfa mile from the beach, through which there are several smallopenings for boats; but it is to be regretted that the depth ofwater within the reef no where exceeds four feet. They found nofresh water on the island, but it abounds with cabbage-palms,mangrove and manchineal trees, even up to to the summits of themountains. No vegetables were to be seen. On the shore there areplenty of ganets, and a land-fowl, of a dusky brown colour, witha bill about four inches long, and feet like those of a chicken;these proved remarkably fat, and were very good food; but we haveno further account of them. There are also many very largepigeons, and the white birds resembling the Guinea fowl, whichwere found at Norfolk Island, were seen here also in greatnumbers. The bill of this bird is red, and very strong, thick,and sharp-pointed. Innumerable quantities of exceeding fineturtle frequent this place in the summer season, but at theapproach of winter they all go to the northward. There was notthe least difficulty in taking them. The sailors likewise caughtplenty of fish with a hook and line.

Lieutenant Shortland

Chapter XVIII.

July 1788 to August 1788

Concise account of Lieutenant Shortland--His variousservices--Appointed agent to the transports sent to New SouthWales--Ordered by Governor Phillip to England, byBatavia--Journal of his voyage--New discoveries.

We have been induced to subjoin in this place a conciseaccount of Lieutenant Shortland, as well because his experienceas an officer has been great, as from the consideration that hisjournal has been deemed, by those who best know its value, ofvery serious importance.

Lieutenant John Shortland very early in life had a strongpredilection for the Navy, and in 1755, at the age of sixteen, heentered into his Majesty's service, on board the Anson, a sixtygun ship, which went out in the fleet under the command ofAdmiral Boscawen. On the Banks of Newfoundland this fleet fell inwith, and took the Alcide and Ly's, two French ships, ofseventy-four guns. On his return from this expedition, he went onboard the Culloden, a seventy-four gun ship, and was in the fleetunder Admiral Byng, off Minorca. Shortly afterwards, he went intothe Hampton Court, commanded by Capt. Harvey, in which ship hewas present at the taking of the Foudroyant and Arpè. Onhis arrival in England, he went on board the Vanguard, CommodoreSwanton, to the West Indies, in the fleet under Admiral Rodney,and was present at the reduction of Martinique, the Grenades, andthe other islands which were then captured. In 1763, he waspromoted to the rank of Lieutenant by Admiral Swanton; sincewhich period he has always been employed in active and importantservices. During the late war, and for some time afterwards, hewas chiefly employed in going to and from America, except in theyear 1782, when he was appointed to command the transports withthe 97th regiment on board, destined for the relief of Gibraltar,under convoy of his Majesty's ships Cerberus and Apollo: he wasnot only successful in getting all the transports in safe, but healso landed the men without any loss.

On Lieutenant Shortland's return home from this service, inendeavouring to get through the Gut of Gibraltar in the night, hewas chased by a squadron of Spanish frigates, who took three ofthe transports in company, but he was so fortunate as to escapein the Betsey transport, and arrived safe in England, withouteither loss or damage. In the year 1786, he was appointed Agentto the transports sent by Government to New South Wales, at whichplace he arrived in January, 1788. After remaining six months atthe new settlement at Port Jackson, he was ordered to England byway of Batavia, by his Excellency Governor Phillip, who honouredhim with the official dispatches for Government, and he arrivedin England on the 29th of May, 1789.

This summary recapitulation of Mr. Shortland's servicessufficiently points out his merit and ability as an experiencedseaman, without any further elogium; which, it were were wanted,might be abundantly supplied from the subsequent account of hispassage from Port Jackson to Batavia.

The Alexander, the Friendship, the Prince of Wales, and theBorrowdale, were got ready in the beginning of July, 1788, tosail for England, under the care and conduct of LieutenantShortland; at which time Governor Phillip took the opinions ofthe masters of those transports concerning their route. Theseason was thought to be too far advanced for them to attempt thesouthern course, by Van Diemen's Land; and the passage by CapeHorn was objected to by the Governor. It was therefore agreedunanimously that they should go to the northward, either throughEndeavour Straits, or round New Guinea. Unfortunately the shipswere ill prepared to encounter the difficulties, which were to beexpected in every mode of return; their complement of men wassmall, only six to an hundred tons, officers included; they werewithout a surgeon, and unprovided with those articles which havebeen found essential to the preservation of health in longvoyages, such as bore-cole, sour-crout, portable soup, and theother antiseptics recommended by the Royal Society. It cannottherefore be wondered, though it must be deeply regretted, thatthe sailors should have suffered so dreadfully from the scurvy,in the length of time necessary for exploring a passage throughan unknown sea perplexed with islands, where they were destituteof assistance from charts, or observations of former navigators;and were not fortunate enough to obtain a supply of salutaryrefreshments.

14 July 1788

Lieutenant Shortland, in the Alexander transport, sailed outof the harbour of Port Jackson, on Monday, July 14, 1788,directing his course to the east-north-east, with intention totouch at Lord Howe Island, and there to appoint each ship a placeof rendezvous in case of separation. This necessary step, whichought to have been previously taken, had been prevented by thehurry of preparation; the Alexander not having been able to jointhe other transports till the evening before their departure.Even then, the boats, booms, and spare anchors, were stowed loosebetween decks, in a manner which must have produced the mostdangerous consequences, had the ship been exposed in thatcondition to the heavy sea which it was likely she would meetwith off the shore. To the very last moment, therefore, the menand officers were most busily employed in providing against thisdanger; and as soon as the weather appeared tolerably favourablefor working out of the harbour, Lieutenant Shortland made thesignal to the masters of the other transports to get under way,without waiting for his ship. When the transports had cleared theharbour they were obliged to carry a press of sail in order toget off the coast, the vessels being very light, and a powerfulswell then setting in upon the shore. The wind was at the sametime strong from the south-east, and continued so for two days,with the same heavy swell, which made it very difficult to keepthe ships off shore.

Chart of the Track of the Alexander

16 July 1788

At eight, A. M. on the 16th of July, the rocks off theentrance of Port Stephens bore north-west by west distant threeleagues. Lieutenant Shortland very much regretted that this placehad not been surveyed; had it been known to afford safeanchorage, it would have been much more prudent to put in thereand wait for a change of wind, than to attempt keeping the sea incirc*mstances so very unfavourable, with ships so littlecalculated to run along a great extent of lee shore. This day thePrince of Wales being two or three miles to the leeward, thesignal was made for her to tack into the fleet. At nine in theevening the wind coming to the east-south-east, LieutenantShortland fired a gun, and made the signal to veer ship and sailon the other tack. At this time the Prince of Wales was aboutfive miles on the lee bow of the Alexander, and the Borrowdaleand Friendship close in company; but by twelve at midnight theFriendship only was in sight. At two, the wind shifting again tothe south-south-east, the signal was once more made to veer ship,and change the tack, as lying off east would clear the coast; astrong current setting to the southward.

19 July 1788

Lieutenant Shortland, having now lost sight of the Prince ofWales and Borrowdale, was fully determined to go to Lord HoweIsland to wait a day or two for them, expecting that they mightprobably touch there with similar intentions. On the 19th,therefore, he steered a direct course for that island, with astrong gale at south-west, but as this wind, which was exactlyfavourable to the intended course of the voyage, and made theanchoring place off Lord Howe Island a lee shore, continuedunvaried, and blew very hard on the 20th, it appeared best torelinquish the design of calling there. At two in the afternoon,therefore, Lieutenant Shortland again altered his course andsailed north-east by north. The Prince of Wales and Borrowdaletransports, were seen no more throughout the voyage, and it hassince been known that they took another course; but theFriendship continued close in company with the Alexander. Aboutnoon this day, the men at the mast head discovered a veryextensive shoal on the larboard beam, bearing from north by westto north by south, distant between two and three leagues. Ittrended north by east and south by west, and was judged to be inlength about three leagues and a half. The breadth could not beascertained, for, while the ship ran along it, the sand bank wasseen to extend as far as the eye could discern. It lies inlatitude 29°. 20'. south, and in longitude 158°. 48'.east, and was named by Lieutenant Shortland, MiddletonShoals.

21 July 1788

At ten in the morning, on Monday July 21, the master of theFriendship went on board the Alexander, and Carteret's harbour inNew Ireland, was appointed by Lieutenant Shortland as the placeof rendezvous. The same day, at half past five in the afternoon,land was discovered, bearing from south-west by west, to westhalf south, at the distance of about eight leagues. It trended tothe north-north-west, and was about six or seven leagues inlength, the land very high, with a remarkable peak, which boresouth-south-west. This island was now named Sir CharlesMiddleton's Island: It lies in latitude 28°. 10. south, andin longitude 159°. 50. east. Lieutenant Shortland thinks itprobable that the reef seen on the preceding day may be connectedwith this island, as it trended in a right direction for it; butit must, in that case, be of very great extent. The island wasstill in sight on the morning of the 22d.

24 July 1788

On Thursday July 24th, they had an accurate observation of thesun and moon to determine the longitude, and found the effect ofa current to have been so great as to set the ship two degrees oflongitude to the eastward of the dead reckoning. The longitude ofSir Charles Middleton's Island must therefore be corrected bythat observation, and placed considerably further to the east.The latitude may be depended upon, as the bearing was observedwhen the sun was on the meridian.

27 July 1788

Many land birds being seen on the 27th and 28th, when the shipwas by reckoning and observation near the north-west end of NewCaledonia, Lieutenant Shortland very reasonably concluded that hemust have passed very close to that land, though it did nothappen to be discerned: probably it is low at that extremity.

31 July 1788

At noon, on Thursday the 31st, land was discovered, bearingfrom north half west to east-north-east, and distant about fiveor six leagues. As the ship was now in latitude 10°. 52'.south, Lieutenant Shortland at first conjectured it might beEgmont Island, which was seen by Capt. Carteret, notwithstandinga considerable difference in longitude, which might be accountedfor from the effect of currents, as they had been for some timevery strong. The longitude laid down by Captain Carteret was164°. 49'. east; that of the Alexander at this time about161°. 11'. It proved however that the difference was real,and that this was another island. Lieutenant Shortland now kept anorth-west course, in which direction the land trended. He ranalong the coast about six or seven leagues, and found it formedinto an island by two points, the south-east of which he calledCape Sydney, the north-west, Cape Phillip. Having passed thispoint, he continued steering in a north-west direction till aboutseven o'clock the same afternoon, when the men who were reefingthe top-sails for the night, discovered land bearing exactly inthe ship's course. On receiving this intelligence he immediatelybrought to, with the ship's head off from the land, and gave asignal for the Friendship to do the same. They lay to all night,and the next morning were surprised with the sight of a mostmountainous coast, bearing from north-east by east towest-north-west, about five or six leagues distant. This provedsufficiently that the land seen the preceding day could not beEgmont Island, and Lieutenant Shortland was inclined to thinkthat this was united to it. At six in the morning he bore awaywest by north, and west by north half north, as the land trended,running along the shore at five or six leagues distance. The mosteastern point of this land he called Cape Henslow, the mostwestern which was then in sight, Cape Hunter. Between these twopoints the land is very singularly mountainous, the summits ofthe mountains rising among the clouds to a prodigious height. Itmay be known by one summit more elevated than the rest, which,from being discovered on the first of August, was named MountLammas, and is thought in height to equal, if not to exceed thePeak of Teneriffe. This day the latitude was by observation9°. 58'. south, and the longitude 160°. 21'. east. Moreland still continued to open to the west-north-west, and the samecourse was therefore kept at an equal distance from the shoretill three in the afternoon, when the water appearing suddenly ofa different colour, they brought to, and sounded, but found noground at 120 fathoms. At four, a part of the land which had theappearance of a harbour, bore north-north-east distant sevenleagues. The land still continued mountainous, and at six o'clockbore from north-east to north-west by west. The furthest landthen in sight appeared to be at the distance of about thirteen orfourteen leagues, and was named Cape Marsh. At half past six theships were brought to, and lay to for the night, the weatherbeing very squally, with violent thunder, lightning, andrain.

2 August 1788

Soon after five in the morning of August the 2d, the shipsmade sail again, and bore away west by north, but the weatherbeing hazy, no land was then in sight; many flying fish were seenat this time. At eleven, there being a prospect of clearerweather, Lieutenant Shortland endeavoured to make the land again.At noon the latitude was, by observation, 9°. 40'. south, andthe longitude 158°. 42'. east. Lieutenant Shortland continuedto steer north-west to discover whether he had reached the utmostextent of the land, and at eight in the evening spoke to theFriendship, and told the master that he intended to bring to atnine.

3 August 1788

At three in the morning, on Sunday August 3, land wasdiscovered bearing from north-north-east to north-west, on whichthe ships stood off again with a light air of wind. At six, theland in sight appeared like several islands, and an endeavour wasmade to pass between them to the north, but on approachingsufficiently near, it was discovered that all these points werejoined together by a low neck of land covered with trees. As theland rose in nine roundish points, which seamen call hummocks,this place was named Nine Hummock Bay. At noon on this day, theship then standing to the south-west, in latitude 8°. 55'.south, and longitude 158°. 14'. east, the extreme points ofland bore from east by north to west, when Lieutenant Shortlandnamed the western point Cape Nepean, and the eastern Cape Pitt.The intermediate land may, he says, easily be known by the ninehummocks, and the exact resemblance they bear to islands whenseen from the distance of five or six leagues. They had now lightairs and calm weather, but at two in the afternoon a breezesprung up from the eastward, and at four Cape Nepean borenorth-west, half west, distant five or six leagues. At six theAlexander shortened sail, and stood off and on for the nightunder double reefed top-sails, Lieutenant Shortland imaginingthat he had reached the utmost extent of this land. At five, onMonday morning, the 4th of August, he made sail again, and at sixa bluff point of the island bore north-north-west, distant fiveor six leagues: this he called Point Pleasant. At noon thelatitude was by observation 8°. 54'. south, the longitude154°. 44'. east. Point Pleasant then bore east by north; atfour, the most western point of land in sight, which was thensupposed to be the extreme point of the island, but proved not tobe so, bore north-west by north, distant four or five leagues.From this mistake it was named Cape Deception.

Under the persuasion that he had reached the extremity of theland, but desirous to ascertain that point, Lieutenant Shortlandkept the ships standing under an easy sail all night. Someislands lying close to Cape Deception, and seeming to form a goodharbour, were called Hammond's Isles. At day light on the 5th ofAugust, land was again discovered, bearing from east north-eastto west by north half north, and forming a very deep bay. Thisland appeared in six hummocks, like islands, but was joined by alow neck of sand. Not knowing how far it might trend to thenorth-west, Lieutenant Shortland stood out to the south. Ateleven o'clock, the longitude was observed to be 157° 30'east; and at noon the latitude was also determined by observationto be 8° 44' south. At the same time, Cape Deception borenorth-east four or five leagues distant; and two remarkablehills, from their similiarity called the Two Brothers, formingthe most western point then in view, bore north-west half north,distant ten leagues. At three in the afternoon, they bore awayfor the two Brothers, which at six bore north-west by north,distant seven leagues. At eight, the ships lay to for thenight.

6 August 1788

At five o'clock in the morning of Wednesday, August 6th, theymade sail again to the north-west; and at eight discerned a rockwhich had exactly the appearance of a ship under sail, with hertop-gallant sails flying. So strongly were all the Alexander'speople prepossessed with this imagination, that the privatesignal was made, under the supposition that it might be eitherthe Boussole or Astrolabe, or one of the two transports which hadparted from them on the coast of New South Wales. Nor was themistake detected till they approached it within three or fourmiles. This rock bore from the Two Brothers south south-west,distant one league.

Between ten and eleven, some canoes were seen with Indians inthem, who came close up to the ship without any visibleapprehension. Ropes were thrown to them over the stern, of whichthey took hold, and suffered the ship to tow them along; in thissituation they willingly exchanged a kind of rings which theywore on their arms, small rings of bone, and beads of their ownmanufacture, for nails, beads, and other trifles, giving howevera manifest preference to whatever was made of iron. Gimlets weremost acceptable, but they were also pleased with nails, andpieces of iron hoops. They dealt very fairly, not betraying theleast desire to steal or to defraud. But though they so readilysuffered themselves to be towed after the ship, they could not byany means be prevailed upon to go along side, and whenever anattempt was made to haul up a canoe by one of the ropes, the menin it immediately disengaged themselves from that rope, and tookhold of another. At the same time they appeared extremelydesirous that our people should anchor on the coast, and goashore with them; and, by way of enticement, held up the rind ofan orange or lemon, the feathers of tame fowls, and other things,signifying that they might be procured on shore. They presentedalso to Lieutenant Shortland, a fruit, which he conceived to bethe bread-fruit; it was about the size of a small cocoa-nut,brown on the outside and white within, and contained a kind ofsoft pithy substance which stuck between the teeth, and wasrather troublesome to chew, besides three or four kernels notunlike chesnuts, but very white. The leaves of the plantainserved the Indians to make boxes or small cases, of which everyman had one to contain his small rings and beads. At noon a pointof land which runs from the Two Brothers, and was now named CapeSatisfaction, bore north north-east; and the rock which had beenmistaken for a ship was called the Eddystone, and bore north bywest, distant four leagues. The Eddystone bears from CapeSatisfaction south south-west, distant two leagues. As the landfrom Cape Satisfaction began to trend northward, LieutenantShortland again entertained hopes of finding a passage.

It was understood from the natives that they called the islandfrom which they came, Simboo; for whenever an attempt was made toput that question to them, they pointed to the land near CapeSatisfaction, and uttered that word. Of these men, LieutenantShortland remarks, that they were remarkably stout and wellbuilt, from which appearance he very judiciously drew afavourable conclusion with respect to the goodness and plenty oftheir food. Their superiority over the New Hollanders in size andstrength, he says, was very striking. Their canoes, whichcontained from six to fourteen men, seemed to be well puttogether, the bows and stems very lofty, carved with variousfigures, and stained with a kind of red paint; in a word, theywere to all appearance formed exactly upon the same model andconstruction as those of Otaheite. The ornaments worn by theinhabitants of Simboo were large rings of a white bone, one ormore of which every man had upon his wrist, and a shell with afeather, which was tied upon the head. Lieutenant Shortland wasdesirous to purchase one of their lances, but could not obtainit. About two in the afternoon his visitors, finding perhaps thatthey had followed the ship as far as they could venture to trustthemselves, left him, and made immediately for the shore. Fromwhat was seen in the possession of these people, there can be nodoubt that their land produces cocoa-nuts, bread-fruit, bananas,and most other vegetables of the Society and Friendly Isles. Norwas it without the greatest regret that Lieutenant Shortlanddeclined the invitations of the natives, and proceeded withouttouching for refreshments, which doubtless might have beenobtained in plenty; but the length and uncertainty of his passageseemed to forbid the least delay; nor was it at this timeforeseen how much superior to every other consideration theacquirement of a wholesome change of diet would be found. The bayfrom which these men had come he named Indian Bay. At three P. M.the longitude was, by lunar observation, 156° 55' east; andat six the furthest land in sight bore north, Cape Satisfactioneast by south half east, and the body of the land north-east,distant five or six leagues. The furthest point of land north wasnamed Cape Middleton.

7 August 1788

After lying to in the night, the ships made sail again at fourin the morning of August 7th, and bore away to the north by west.At five, they saw the land which they had left the precedingnight, and six or more small islands bearing from north-east towest. These were called the Treasury Isles; they are moderatelyhigh and seemed to be well clothed with trees and herbage. Atnoon, the latitude was by observation 7° 24' south, thelongitude 156° 30' east; and the north-west extremity of theland then in sight, which was named Cape Allen, bore east bysouth, distant six leagues: Cape Middleton, south-east, distanteight leagues. Off Cape Allen lies a small island, to which thename of Wallis Island was given. At six in the afternoon theextremes of the islands in sight bore from north-east by east towest by north; and the entrance between two islands, which formeda passage or strait, bore north by east, distant five or sixleagues.

The Alexander and the Friendship had now run from the latitudeof 10° 44' south, and longitude 161° 30' east, to thelatitude of 7° 10' south, and longitude 156° 50' east,the whole way nearly in sight of land. As, therefore, proceedingwestward, to the south of the next land, might have entangledthem with New Guinea, Lieutenant Shortland determined to try thepassage which was now before him; and being very well convinced,before it was dark, that the way was clear, kept under acommanding sail all night. At ten o'clock in the evening, theAlexander was nearly a-breast of the two points that form thepassage, and the soundings were very irregular, from ten tothirty fathoms, on a soft, sandy bottom: the anchors weretherefore cleared, that they might immediately be dropped if itshould prove necessary.

8 August 1788

At two in the morning of August the 8th, a strong ripple of acurrent was very plainly to be perceived; and by five the shiphad nearly cleared the straits. She had then the followingbearings: Cape Alexander, south-east; some islands and rocks thatlie off the most western island of those which form the straits,west by south; and the remotest point in sight to thenorth-westward, north-west by north, distant fourteen or fifteenleagues. This point is remarkably high and forms the centre of alarge body of land, between the first and last point of thestraits on the western side, which were called Cape Friendship,and Cape Le Cras.

These straits Lieutenant Shortland judged to be between fourand five leagues in length, and about seven or eight miles broad,running in a north-west direction; and, conceiving himself to bethe first navigator who had sailed through them, he ventured togive them the name of Shortland's Straits. On comparing hisaccount with the narrative of M. Bougainville, which he had notthen by him, there seems to be reason to suspect that this is thesame passage through which that navigator sailed at the latterend of June, 1768; and that the island supposed to be calledSimboo, is the same which was then named Choiseul Island. Tocorroborate this suspicion, M. Bougainville's description of thecanoes and persons of the natives agrees entirely, as far as itgoes, with that given by Mr. Shortland*. A small difference inlongitude affords the chief reason for doubting the identity ofthe passage, which, should it be proved, will not detract at allfrom the merit of the latter navigator, who proceeded entirely byhis own attention and sagacity, in a sea unknown to himself andthose who were with him, which, if not wholly unexplored, hadnot, however, been surveyed before with equal minuteness ofobservation.

[* Some of the vessels indeed were larger. "Il y avoitvingt-deux hommes dans la plus grande, dans les moyennes, huitont dix, deux ou trois dans les plus petites. Ces piroguesparoissoient bien faites; elles ont I'avant et I'amere fortrelévés, etc. Ils portent des bracelets, et desplaques au front et sur le col. J'ignore de quelle matiere, ellem'a paru etre blanche." Boug. Chap. v. p. 264.]

Lieutenant Shortland now congratulated himself on havingcleared this large tract of land, which he had the greatestreason to suppose united the whole way from the place at which hefirst fell in with it; as in sailing at a very moderate distancefrom the coast, he had made every effort in his power to find apassage to the northward. A place called by one of the Frenchnavigators, Port Surville, is probably a part of it, as well asChoiseul Bay, but the points seen and described by the Frenchdiscoverers are very few; and for the knowledge of the form andbearings of the rest of the coast, throughout the whole extent ofnear three degrees of latitude, and full five of longitude, weare indebted entirely to the researches of our own countryman, aswe are for the beautiful delineation of the whole coast, to thecare and ingenuity of his son, Mr. John George Shortland. Theonly places in which Lieutenant Shortland suspected there mightpossibly be a passage which had escaped his observation, wasbetween Cape Phillip and Cape Henslow, and again between thecapes Marsh and Pitt. The ascertaining of these matters he leavesto other navigators, at the same time recommending the route hetook as the safest and most expeditious passage within hisknowledge from Port Jackson to China; Middleton Shoal, on thecoast of New South Wales, being the only place of danger he hadhitherto discovered. Should any objection be made to passingthrough a strait, where a more open sea can be obtained, he wouldrecommend the much wider channel between Egmont Island andSimboo, and not by any means the whole circuit to the east of theNew Hebrides. To the whole of this land, consisting of the twoprincipal islands on each side of the straits, and the TreasuryIsles between them, Lieutenant Shortland gave the name of NewGeorgia. There is, indeed, an island of Georgia, to the east ofStaten Land, so named by Captain Cook in 1775: but between these,it seems to be a sufficient distinction to call the one the Isleof Georgia, and the other New Georgia. The land on the westernside of Shortland's Straits, continued to be very high, andextended as far as the eye could reach; from these circ*mstances,and from the direction in which it trended, no doubt wasentertained of its joining that which was called by CaptainCarteret, Lord Anson's Isle. With respect to the charts heregiven of these discoveries, Lieutenant Shortland, though hecannot, from the distance at which they were taken, presume tovouch for the laying down of every single point, as if the coasthad undergone a regular survey, undertakes to promise, that theyare sufficiently accurate for the direction of any futurenavigators; as he had, in the course of his progress along it,many opportunities of taking lunar observations.

Shortland's Chart of New Georgia

9 August 1788

At six in the afternoon of Saturday, August 9th, the extremepoint in sight of the high land to the westward of the passage,bore south-west by south, distant twelve or fourteen leagues: andtwo islands which the ship had just made, bore north-west bynorth, distant five or six leagues. They are supposed to lie inlatitude 4° 50' south, and longitude 156° 11' east. Atday light on Sunday August 10th, Lieutenant Shortland set hissteering sails, and bore away to the north-west, in order to makemore distinctly the islands seen the preceding evening.

10 August 1788

At six in the morning, four were in sight, and boresouth-west, distant six leagues. It was at first thought thatthey would prove to be the nine islands seen by Captain Carteret;but as neither the number nor the longitude was found tocorrespond, Lieutenant Shortland afterwards concluded they werenot the same; and determined, as the weather appeared squally andunsettled, not to attempt pursuing the tract of that officerthrough St. George's Channel, but to go round New Ireland.

Chapter XIX.

August 1788 to February 1789

Appearance of the scurvy--The boats land at one of the PelewIslands--Account of the Natives who were seen, and conjecturesconcerning them--Distresses--The Friendship cleared andsunk--Miserable condition of the Alexander when she reachedBatavia.--Conclusion.

10 August 1788

Hitherto no difficulties had been encountered but such asnecessarily attend the exploring of new coasts, wherein theanxiety is fully compensated by the satisfaction of becoming adiscoverer: but a dreadful scourge now hung over our navigators,the severity of which cannot easily be conceived, even by thosewho have been placed in similar scenes, so much did it exceed indegree every thing of the same kind that has been usuallyexperienced. It was about this time, the 10th of August, that thescurvy began to make its appearance, which, for want of theproper remedies, increased to a malignity that was destructive ofmany lives, rendered it necessary to sacrifice one of the ships,and finally reduced the consolidated crews of both in theremaining transport to such a state of weakness, that withoutimmediate assistance they must have perished even in port, orwould have been driven adrift again, from total inability to takethe necessary steps for their own preservation.

13 August 1788

On the thirteenth of August, five seamen of the Alexander werealready on the sick list, complaining of pains in the legs andbreast, with their gums so swelled, and their teeth so loose thatthey could not without difficulty eat even flour or rice. Theweather was now very variable, often sultry, at other timessqually, with occasional showers. The ships were probably at nogreat distance from some land, as birds were frequently seen ingreat numbers; and on the 16th the Friendship made the signal forseeing land, but it could not be descried from the Alexander.Sharks were also caught with the hook, and now and then somefloating wood and vegetables were observed. On this day the twotransports passed the equator. On the 24th, Lieutenant Shortlandfound by observation, that a current had set the ship to the westnorth-west or north-west by west of her account, at the rate ofeleven miles a day since the 13th, when the last lunarobservation had been taken.

The scurvy gained ground rapidly in the Alexander,notwithstanding the precautions of smoking the ship, washing withvinegar, and distributing porter, spruce-beer, and wine among theseamen. On the 2d of September six men and a boy, on the 5theight, and on the 8th ten, were disabled by it from performingany duty. An increase of this kind, in the midst of all theefforts that could be made to counteract the malignity of thedisorder, gave but too certain a prognostic of the ravages it wasafterwards to make.

10 September 1788

About noon on the 10th of September, the looming of land wasdiscerned to the westward, which an hour after was clearlyperceived, bearing west north-west, at the distance of sixleagues. As the ships were then in latitude about 6° 49'north, and longitude 135° 25' east, it is evident that thismust have been one of the Pelew Islands, lately so muchcelebrated for their hospitable reception of Captain Wilson andhis crew. As the account of that voyage was not then published,and Lieutenant Shortland had no charts with him that noticedthese islands, he concluded that he was among the most southernof the New Carolines; but finding his longitude, from accurateobservation, to be more westerly than the situation of thoseislands, he conceived their longitude to be laid down in thecharts erroneously.

11 September 1788

At six in the morning, September 11th, a small island not seenbefore, bore west south-west, distant five leagues; and the windcoming round to the south south-west, Lieutenant Shortland boreaway for the passage between the two islands. At nine, havingentered the passage, he founded and found thirteen fathoms, witha fine sandy bottom, and a strong current setting through veryrapidly. Many cocoa-palms were seen on the shore, and excited anearnest expectation of procuring effectual refreshment for thesick: a boat from each of the ships was therefore manned and sentout. While the boats were sounding a-head, many Indiansapproached in their canoes, and by signs invited our people toshore, giving them to understand that they might be supplied withcocoa nuts and many other things; but when they attempted to landat a place which had the appearance of a Morai or burying-place,they would not suffer it, insisting that they should proceedfurther one way or the other. In the mean time many persons ofboth sexes swam off from shore, holding up bamboos* full ofwater, which they imagined the ships to want. Mr. Sinclair, theMaster of the Alexander, being in the boat, brought the followingaccount of this expedition. "Finding I could not make themunderstand that I wanted cocoa-nuts, and not water, I wasresolved to land, and therefore put on shore as soon as I found aconvenient place, amidst a concourse of between three and fourhundred people. I immediately fixed upon an old man, (whom, froman ornament of bone upon his arm, I concluded to be a chief) andmade him a present of some nails and beads, which were acceptedwith evident pleasure, and immediately conciliated hisfriendship. This was a fortunate step, as he afterwards oftenshowed his authority by checking the most insolent of his peoplewhen they pressed forward and endeavoured to steal whatever theycould seize. One seaman holding his cutlass rather carelessly hadit snatched from him, and the thief had so well watched hisopportunity, that he was almost out of sight before he wasdistinguished. Notwithstanding the offers of the natives in thecanoes, I could not procure above thirty cocoanuts, and thosegreen; whether it was that the people did not comprehend mysigns, or that they were not inclined to carry on the traffic.These islanders were well limbed men, moderately tall, with longhair: many of them chewed the betel nut, and these were allfurnished with a small hollow stick, apparently of ebony, out ofwhich they struck a kind of powder like lime* Their arms were alance, and a kind of adze hung over the shoulder; some mencarrying one, and others two. These adzes were of iron, andevidently of European manufacture. As the place where we landedwas very rocky and unpleasant for walking, when I found myselfunsuccessful in the chief object for which I was sent out, Ireturned as expeditiously as I could. In return for my presents,the old chief gave one to me which was not equally acceptable. Itwas a mixture of fish, yams, and many other things, the odour ofwhich, probably from the staleness of the composition, was veryfar from being agreeable. When we first landed, many of thenatives repeated the word, Englees, as if to enquire whether wewere of that nation, but when they understood that we were theyshook their heads and said, Espagnol: possibly, therefore, thediscovery of our nation might prevent them from being ascourteous on shore as they had been in their canoes."

[* Bamboos were the only water vessels in the Pelew Islands.See Wilson, chap. xxv. p. 312.]

[* This was the Chinam, or coral, burnt to lime, always usedwith the betel. See Wilson's Account, p. 27. The Areca is thenut, the leaves only of betel are used. These are produced bydifferent plants.]

From some of the above circ*mstances it is undeniably evidentthat these people have had intercourse with Europeans, andprobably with the Spaniards; and from the aversion which theyexpressed to the English, it seems not an unfair conjecture thatthis island might perhaps be Artingall, where our countrymen haddistinguished themselves five years before by the assistance theygave to a hostile state*: but if so, their knowledge of theSpaniards must have been posterior to the departure of theEnglish, who from the narrative must have been the firstEuropeans seen there. Had the adventures of the Antelope's crewbeen then made known to the world, Lieutenant Shortland wouldwith joy have presented himself before the beneficent AbbaThulle; and probably by obtaining a stock of fresh provisions andvegetables might have preserved the lives of many of hiscompanions, and prevented the sufferings of the rest; but he wasnot fortunate enough to know that so propitious a retreat waswithin so small a distance.

[* It might, perhaps, be thought by some readers, that if thishad been the case they would now have endeavoured to takerevenge, but we find from Captain Wilson's narrative, that allanimosity was dropped as soon as peace had been established withthe inhabitants of Pelew. See that work, Chap. xvi. p. 192.]

23 September 1788

His people were doomed to find their distresses augmentedinstead of diminished. Towards the latter end of September, aguesand intermittent fevers began to prevail among them; theproportion of those disabled by the scurvy was constantly great,some deaths had happened, and the few men who still had healthenough to carry them with difficulty through the necessary duty,were subject to the swelling of the legs, and harrassed byviolent pains in the breast. Hitherto the Friendship had beenmuch more happily circ*mstanced. On the 23d of September she wasspoken to, and had then only one man disabled by the scurvy: butthis advantage was of short duration, and the more rapid increaseof the malady made a fatal compensation for the greater delay ofits commencement.

27 September 1788-19 October 1788

On the 27th of September, about noon, the Alexander made theland of Mindanao. It bore from west by north to north-west bywest, distant fourteen leagues. Part of it was remarkably high,and at this distance appeared like a separate island, but on anearer approach was found to be all connected. On the 30th, aboutfour in the afternoon, Hummock Island bore west by south, halfsouth, distant six or seven leagues. In all this sea a strongcurrent constantly set the ship considerably to the south of herreckoning. On the third of October the wind fell suddenly, andthe Alexander being in great danger of driving with the currentupon the shore of Karkalang or Sanguir Island, was obliged todrop her anchor, which happily brought her up in forty fathomswater. In the evening of the 17th, the Friendship actually struckupon a reef on the coast of Borneo, when the Alexanderimmediately cast anchor, and sent a boat to her assistance; butat day light the next morning it appeared that she also lay soencompassed with sand-keys and shoals, that it was difficult todiscern how she had sailed into that situation, or what track shemust pursue to be extricated from it. The Friendship, however,fortunately got off from the reef without sustaining any materialdamage: and in the morning of the nineteenth a narrow channel wasfound, through which the Alexander with difficulty sailed out ofher dangerous station. Attempts had been made to weigh anchor thepreceding day, but the wind failing, the force of the currentsprevented it. The ships were at this time not more than eightleagues from the coast of Borneo.

The scurvy had now brought both the crews to a most pitiablesituation. The Alexander had lost eight of her complement, andwas reduced to two men in a watch, only four seamen and two boysbeing at all fit for duty: and though these were willing to dotheir best, and further encouraged by the promise of double wageswhen they should arrive at Batavia, their utmost exertions wereinadequate to the necessities of the ship, which they were hardlyable to put about; nor could they have weighed even a smallanchor had the currents obliged them to bring to again. TheFriendship had only five men not disabled, and was by no meanswell provided with provisions. In this melancholy state of bothships, the western monsoon being expected soon to set in, it wasindispensably necessary to give up one for the sake of preservingthe other. Upon this subject the masters consulted, and aftersome time came to an agreement. As the Friendship was the smallervessel, and would be cleared more easily than the Alexander,having fewer stores on board, Mr. Walton, her master, consentedthat she should be evacuated and sunk, on condition that heshould be allowed half freight of the Alexander. In four days theFriendship had her crew and stores transferred to the Alexander,after which she was bored and turned adrift. The ships companythus made out from both vessels was of no great strength, notamounting to half the proper complement of the Alexander, nor wasit more than, allowing for the further ravages of disease, wasabsolutely necessary to work that ship to Batavia.

The following list contains the whole number of persons now onboard the Alexander.

BELONGING TO THE Alexander.In Health.Lieutenant Shortland, Commander.Duncan Sinclair, Master.W. A. Long, first Mate.T. G. Shortland, second ditto.John Winter, Seamen.Ant. Hedley,Edward Waters,John Lewis,Thomas Frazer, Boys.John WhiteSick.Charles Clay, Seamen.James Stockell,Robert Ranson,William Dixon, Boy.FROM THE FRIENDSHIP.Well.Francis Walton, Master.Robert Laurence, first Mate.J. Walton, second Mate.Robert Barnes, Boatswain.William Hern, Steward.William Bruce, Cook.James Craven, Seamen.William AllenSick.John Philpot, Corp.Corn. Du Heg, Seamen.R. Smith,Robert George,Rich. Sandell,John Morris,Robert co*ckran,Lieutenant Collins, a passenger.

29 October 1788

On the 29th of October, at five in the morning, a land windspringing up from the coast of Borneo, within six miles of whichthe Alexander had lain at anchor, she got again under way, and atten was abreast of the point that forms the entrance into theharbour of Pamanookan. At five in the afternoon Pulo Laoot borefrom south-south-west to south-west by south, distant twelve orfourteen leagues; but the wind being now southerly, and thecurrent strongly against the vessel, she did not get round thisisland till November the 5th.

1 November 1788

Wine was constantly served in due proportions to the sick andwell, but neither that, nor any other remedy that could be triedamended the condition of the people. Sickness continued to spreadamong them, insomuch that in the beginning of November only oneman besides the officers was able to go aloft. A short alarm byno means added to the comfort of their condition: on the first ofthis month four large boats, three of which rowed eighteen oars,and the fourth not less than twelve or fourteen, bore down uponthe ship, apparently with hostile intentions. When theyapproached within about a mile they lay to, as if to consult witheach other, and then continued to row and sail after theAlexander. Lieutenant Shortland hoisted English colours, whichone of the boats answered by hoisting Dutch, and anotherPortugueze colours. They continued in chase till five in theafternoon, and it was imagined that their design was to board andseize the ship in the night. During the pursuit the littlestrength that could be raised was put in motion, all werestationed at their quarters, and the carronades and great gunsput in order. When these preparations were made, LieutenantShortland determined to show his own resolution, and to try thatof his assailants, by firing a shot in a direct line over them.This was done accordingly, and fully answered the intention, forthey immediately desisted from the pursuit, and made hastily forthe shore.

Had the Alexander been at this time a very few days sail moredistant from Batavia, she must inevitably have been lost, notfrom any stress of weather, or danger of coasts or shoals, butmerely from inability to conduct her into port, as every man onboard must have been totally disabled.

17 November 1788

On the 17th of November only one man was fit for work, besidesthe officers; a very little longer continuance would have reducedher to the condition of floating at the mercy of winds and waves,without any possibility of assisting, impeding, or directing hercourse. At six that evening, the wind being too scanty to carryher into the roads of Batavia, an effort was made by allindiscriminately who were able to work, and anchor was castbetween the islands of Leyden and Alkmara; soon after a gun wasfired, and a signal made for assistance. At two in the afternoonon the 18th, as no assistance arrived, the still greater effortof weighing anchor was tried, and the task performed with theutmost difficulty; after which, standing in with the sea breeze,the ship came again to anchor at five, in nine fathoms. The boatwas now hoisted out, and sent to beg assistance from the DutchCommodore, the crew of the Alexander being so much reduced as tobe unable to furl their own sails. A party was immediately sentto assist, and six of the Dutch seamen remained on board allnight, lest any blowing weather should come on. Never, perhaps,did any ship arrive in port more helpless, without beingshattered by weather, from the mere effects of a dreadful andinvincible disorder.

19 November 1788-7 December 1788

At five in the morning of the 19th, the welcome sight appearedof a boat from the Dutch Commodore, which he had humanely ladedwith refreshments. She brought also a boatswain's mate and twelveseamen to assist in refitting the ship for sea. The sick weresent on the 20th to the hospital, where several of them died,being too far gone for any accommodation or skill to recover.From the Bridgewater and Contractor East Indiamen, which lay inthe road when the Alexander arrived; and from the Raymond, Asia,and Duke of Montrose, which came in a few days after; with theassistance of a few men from the Dutch Commodore, a fresh crewwas at length made up, in which only four of the original seamenremained, the rest being either dead, or not enough recovered toreturn with the Alexander, when she sailed again on the 7th ofDecember.

18 February 1789

The remaining part of the voyage was attended with fewcirc*mstances worthy of notice, and was made in a tracksufficiently known to all navigators to permit us to dispensewith a minute description of it. At the Cape they met withCaptain Hunter, in the Sirius, who, when the Alexander arrived,on the 18th of February, 1789, had been in Table Bay six weeks.From him Lieutenant Shortland learned that the Borrowdale and thePrince of Wales transports, which had parted from him on thecoast of New South Wales, had returned by the southern passage,and had been heard of from Rio de Janeiro. In Table Bay theAlexander remained at anchor till the 16th of March, when shesailed again, and arrived off the Isle of Wight on the 28th ofMay.

Thus concluded a voyage, the first part of which was enlivenedand rendered important by discoveries; the next involved in gloomthrough the virulent attacks of distemper, and the frequentinroads of death. Much was certainly performed, and very much wassuffered, but from the whole we are authorized to conclude, thatthe settlement of our countrymen on the new southern continent,must powerfully tend to the improvement of navigation, and theextension of geographical knowledge. Nor is it necessary, thatany ill-omened apprehensions should be excited by the misfortunesof the Alexander and the Friendship. It may not happen again thatships shall quit Port Jackson so ill prepared with antidotesagainst the malignant poison of the scurvy: nor, if they should,is it by any means certain that their visitation will be equallysevere.

Chapter XX.

Lieutenant Watts's Narrative of the Return of the Lady PenrhynTransport; containing an Account of the Death of Omai, and otherinteresting Particulars at Otaheite.

5 May 1788-17 May 1788

The Lady Penrhyn, Capt. Sever, left Port Jackson on the 5th ofMay, 1788. In the evening of the 7th, imagining they saw a fireon shore, they sounded, but found no bottom with ninety fathomsof line. By their observation at noon, on the 9th, they found acurrent had set the vessel eighty miles to the southward sincetheir leaving Port Jackson. The scurvy began already to make itsappearance amongst them; one man was rendered unfit for duty, andseveral others complained very much. The weather in general wassqually, with thunder, lightning, and rain. In the morning of the14th they saw an island bearing north-east, half north, 18 or 20leagues distant, which made in two detached hummocks: At seven inthe afternoon, the island seen in the morning was about nineleagues distant, on which they brought to for the night, and nextmorning made sail and stood for it. At noon they spoke to theSupply, Lieutenant Ball, who informed them that this island isnamed Lord Howe's Island. During the afternoon and night theystood off and on, and at nine o'clock the next morning a boat washoisted out, and Lieutenant Watts with a party went on shore insearch of turtle, but they could distinguish no traces of any,though the different bays were very closely explored: about noon,Mr. Watts returned on board. This disappointment did not deterthem from making another effort, as some turtle would have been avery valuable acquisition: accordingly Mr. Anstis went with aparty in the pinnace to try his success in the night. About noonthe next day Mr. Anstis returned without having seen one turtle,but to make some amends, the party had met with great success infishing, having caught a sufficient quantity to serve the ship'scompany three or four days.

Lord Howe's Island was discovered by Lieutenant Ball on hispassage to Norfolk Island in the month of February, and on hisreturn he stopt and surveyed it; at that time he caught aquantity of fine green turtles, of which there were greatnumbers: this induced Governor Phillip to send the Supply asecond time to this island, but she then was unsuccessful, theweather probably being so cold as to occasion the turtle toremove to the northward. The island is about two leagues inextent, and lies in the direction of north 30° west, andsouth 30° east; the south-east end making in two very highmounts, which may be seen at the distance of more than twentyleagues, and at first appear like two detached isles. About threeleagues from these, and nearly in a south-east direction, is aremarkably high and pointed rock,* which may be seen at leasttwelve leagues off; from this there are dangerous rocks extendingthree or four miles, both in a south-east and south-west line;those to the south-west not shewing themselves above water: thereare also rocks extending four or five miles off the north-westand north-east ends of the island, which is of a moderate height.Both extremes are bluff, and there appears to be much foul groundabout them: within the north-west point lies a rock with elevenfathoms water close to it, and there is a passage between it andthe island. The reef on the west side extends nearly to bothextremes with breaks in it, through which boats may pass withsafety, but within the reef it is in general very shoaly. Theisland is tolerably broad at each end, and very narrow, with lowland in the center, forming two bays, that should the wind befrom south-east to north-east, or south-west to north-west, aship may always be secure by running to the leeward of theisland. There are regular soundings on the west side, but theground is too hard for holding well, being coral rocks. The eastside they did not examine. The low narrow part has evidently beenoverflowed and the island disjointed, for in the very center, asthey walked across, they saw large beds of coral rocks, andshells in great abundance; and on the east side, which seems ingeneral to be the weather side, the sea has thrown up a bank ofsand, from twenty-five to thirty feet in height, which serves asa barrier against future inundations. The island has likewiseevery appearance of having undergone a volcanic revolution, asthey found great quantities of burnt stone and pumice stone; andMr. Anstis, who landed on the reef which shelters the west bay,at dead low water, found the whole a burnt up mass.

[* Ball's Pyramid.]

The inhabitants of this island were all of the featheredtribe, and the chief of these was the ganet, of which there wereprodigious numbers, and it should seem that this is the time oftheir incubation, the females being all on their nests: these areplaces simply hollowed in the sand, there not being a singlequadruped that could be found upon the island to disturb them.The people brought numbers of their eggs on board. Very largepigeons were also met with in great plenty; likewise beautifulparrots and parroquets; a new species, apparently, of the coote,and also of the rail, and magpie; and a most beautiful smallbird, brown, with a yellow breast and yellow on the wing; itseemed to be a species of humming bird: there was also a blackbird, like a sheerwater, with a hooked bill, which burrows in theground. Numbers of ants were seen, which appeared the only insectat this place, except the common earth worm. The soil is of asandy nature, and fresh water extremely scarce in those placeswhich they had an opportunity of examining.

This island is well covered with wood, the chief of which isthe large and dwarf mangrove, the bamboo, and the cabbage tree.The different vegetables met with were scurvy grass, wild celery,spinach, endive, and samphire.

31 May 1788

From the mean of all their observations they found this islandto be situated in 31°. 30'. 49". south latitude, and bycomparing their lunar observations with those of Lieutenant Ball,they found its longitude to be 159°. 10'. 00". east ofGreenwich. The mean state of the thermometer, during their shortstay, was 66°. and the variation of the compass, by manyobservations, was found to be 10°. east. In the afternoon thepinnace was hoisted in, and they made sail to the eastward with afresh breeze at south-west. Nothing material occurred till the31st, when about three o'clock in the afternoon they saw twoislands, one bearing north-east, half east, seven leagues, andthe other east by south, about six leagues distant. Not having anopportunity of getting well in with the land before night cameon, they plied occasionally under an easy sail, and at day-lightnext morning [1 June 1788] made sail and bore up for it. Onapproaching the southernmost land, they found it to form twobarren isles, separated by a channel about a quarter of a mileover, and apparently free from danger: the north island lies in anorth half east direction from these, and about five leaguesdistant. At noon, the body of the north island bore north-east bynorth three miles distant: their latitude at that time was30°. 11'. south, and the longitude by lunar observation180°. 58'. 37". east. At one o'clock they bore round the westend of the island, and hove to near the center of it, about amile off shore. They were in hopes, from the appearance of theisland at a distance, that they should have found it productiveof something beneficial to the people, (the scurvy gaining grounddaily) but they were greatly disappointed; both the north andsouth sides are surrounded by rocks, over which the water flows,without the least opening for a boat; however, Capt. Severordered the small boat to be hoisted out, and went on shoreaccompanied by Mr. Anstis: they found great difficulty inlanding, and, when upon the rocks, they had to mount a verydangerous precipice, in order to gain the level part of theisland. This island forms very high at the west end, and slopesgradually to the east end, where it terminates in a cliff of amoderate height: both sides have a range of these cliffsextending the whole length, which are chiefly composed of whitesand. The whole of the island bears the strongest marks of beinga volcanic production, having great quantities of pumice stone onit, and the rocks quite burnt up. The top of the land was coveredwith a coarse kind of grass, and the place affords great plentyof the wild mangrove. The extent of this island is about twomiles and an half, nearly in the direction of east-south-east andwest-north-west; the soil a mixture of mould and sand. Theinhabitants are the brown gull, the light-grey bird, ganets, anda parroquet of the same species with those met with at LordHowe's Island. The gentlemen could scarcely walk a step withoutbeing up to the knee in holes: they saw a great number of ratsand mice, and found many birds lying dead at the entrances oftheir burrows: they saw no appearance of fresh water, though fromthe gullies that were formed in various parts, the island mustcertainly be subject to very heavy rains. This island was namedMacaulay's Island, after G. M. Macaulay, Esq; and the two islandsto the southward, Curtis's Isles, after Timothy and WilliamCurtis, Esqrs. At five in the afternoon, the Captain returning onboard, the boat was hoisted in, and they made sail, standing tothe eastward with a moderate breeze at south-west. Macaulay'sIsland is situated in 30°. 09'. south latitude, and 180°.58'. 37''. east longitude.

Curtis's Isles

Macaulay's Isles

6 June 1788-10 July 1788

The scurvy now began to spread very fast among the crew, andby the 6th, they had nine men unable to get out of theirhammocks, and many others complained very much: swelled gums, theflesh exceeding black and hard, a contraction of the sinews, witha total debility; were the general appearances. Wine was dailyserved out to them, and there was sour-krout on on board, but thepeople refused to eat it. From this to the 17th they had littlevariety; by that time the people were in a deplorable state, forwith every person on board, the Captain included, they could onlymuster ten men able to do duty, and some of them were in a veryweakly state: sour-krout, which before had been refused, nowbegan to be sought after, and they had all the Captain's freshstock, himself and officers living solely on salt provisions; andto add to their melancholy situation the wind hung almostconstantly in the eastern board, so that they could scarcely makeany progress. For several days they had very squally unsettledweather, attended with almost constant heavy rain, and frequentstorms of thunder and lightning. On the 24th, being then in32°. 12'. south latitude, and 207°. 28'. east longitude,the wind shifted to the westward, but the weather still continuedsqually and unsettled. On the 7th July, in 21°. 57'. southlatitude, they fell in with the south-east trade wind, and as thepeople were in a very weak condition, it was determined to makeOtaheite as soon as possible. At six o'clock in the morning ofthe 9th, they saw Osnaburgh Island, bearing north by east, halfeast, four or five leagues distant. At seven they bore up forOtaheite, and at ten o'clock that island made its appearance,bearing west by north; by five in the afternoon they were abreastof Oaitepeha Bay, and ten canoes presently came alongside withbread-fruit, cocoa nuts, etc. The Indians pressed them very muchto come to an anchor there, but as they were not able to purchasetheir anchor again when once let go, Mr. Watts advised theCaptain to stand on for Matavai Bay. During the night they woreoccasionally, and at day-light in the morning of the 10th stoodin for the land. At noon, Point Venus bore south-west by southabout three miles distant. In standing into Matavai Bay the shipgot rather too close on the Dolphin Bank, having only two and ahalf fathoms water for several casts, over a hard bottom, but shedeepened at once to seventeen fathoms, and they stood over to thesouth side of the bay, in hopes by making a board, to fetch theResolution's old birth, which would have made the watering placevery handy; but the ship missing stays, they were obliged to letgo the anchor, and content themselves in their situation. Theyanchored at nine o'clock in eight fathoms water, over a softbottom, Point Venus bearing north-north-east, and One Tree Hillsouth by east, half east, distant from shore about half a mile.On approaching the bay, they could perceive a prodigious numberof the natives on Point Venus, and round the beach, and severalcanoes put off from the shore, the Indians waving pieces of whitecloth and making signs for them to come into the bay. Whenanchored they had only three men in one watch, and two in theother besides the mates, and two of these ailing; the rest of thecrew were in a truly deplorable state.

Their first care was naturally to procure some refreshments,and it was a pleasing circ*mstance for them to see the nativesflock round the ship, calling out "Tayo Tayo," which signifiesfriends; and "Pabii no Tutti," Cook's ship; and bringing in verygreat plenty cocoa nuts, bread-fruit, plantains and taro, and afruit known by the name of the Otaheite apple; they also broughtsome hogs and fowls. All the Indians appeared glad to see them,and disposed of their various commodities on very moderate terms,and indeed their whole behaviour indicated the most friendlyintentions. In the evening, the Chief of Matavai came on board,and in him Lieutenant Watts recollected an old friend: the Chiefwas greatly pleased to see Mr. Watts, as he was the only personin the ship who had been here before, except the steward, who hadbeen before the mast in the Resolution; therefore, when Mona(which was the chief's name) saw his old acquaintance, heexplained to his companions who he was, and that he had been withCapt. Cook, and they seemed very glad to have some of their oldvisitors again. Mr. Watts learnt from Mona, that O'too was stillliving, that he was always called Earee Tutti, and then wasabsent on a visit to the eastward, but expected to return in fouror five days: At the same time, he said, messengers had been sentto acquaint him of the ship's arrival. He also informed Mr.Watts, that Maheine, the chief of Eimeo, to retaliate themischief done him by Capt. Cook, had, after the departure of theResolution and Discovery from the islands, landed in the night atOparree, and destroyed all the animals and fowls he could layhold of, and that O'too was obliged to fly to the mountains. Helikewise intimated that the Attahooroo men joined Maheine in thisbusiness. Indeed, it occurred to Mr. Watts, that when here in theResolution, Toha, the chief of that district, threatenedsomething of the kind in a quarrel with O'too, and probablysmothered his resentment only for a time, fearful of Capt. Cookrevenging it, should it come to his knowledge.

11 July 1788

The next day, Oediddee agreeably surprised them with a visiton board: he was greatly rejoiced to see them, and enquired afterall his friends in a very affectionate manner: He took greatpleasure in recounting his route in the Resolution, had treasuredup in his memory the names of the several places he had been atin her, nor had he forgot his English compliments. He informedthem that no ship had been at the islands since Capt. Cook:therefore, they concealed his death, and Capt. Sever madeOediddee a present, as coming from Capt. Cook. Oediddee confirmedthe report of the cattle, etc. being destroyed by Maheine, andlikewise informed them that Omai, and the two New Zealand boyshad been dead a considerable time through illness, and that onehorse only was alive at Huaheine, but they could not learn anyfurther particulars from him.

13 July 1788

In the evening of the 13th, a messenger came on board with apresent from O'too of a small pig, a dog, and some white cloth,and intimated that he would be at Matavai the next day. Early inthe next morning but few canoes came off to the ship, and thenatives were observed assembling on the shore in prodigiousnumbers: soon afterwards, a canoe came alongside and informedthem that O'too was on the beach; on this, the Captain and Mr.Watts went on shore immediately, and found him surrounded by anamazing concourse of people, amongst whom were several womencutting their foreheads very much with the shark's tooth, butwhat both surprised and pleased them very much, was, to see a mancarrying the portrait of Captain Cook, drawn by Webber in 1777.Notwithstanding so much time had elapsed since the picture wasdrawn, it had received no injury, and they were informed thatO'too always carried it with him wherever he went. After thefirst salutations were over, Mr. Watts asked O'too to accompanyhim to the ship, to which he readily agreed; but previously tohis entering the boat he ordered the portrait in, and when he gotalongside the ship he observed the same ceremony. When on boardhe appeared much pleased, asked after his old friends, and wasvery particular in his enquiries after Capt. Cook. He visited theship between decks, was astonished to see so few people on board,and the greatest part of them in a debilitated state, andenquired if they had lost any men at sea. He acquainted them withthe revenge taken by the Eimeo people, and asked why they had notbrought out some cattle, etc. He also mentioned the death ofOmai, and the New Zealand boys, and added, that there had been askirmish between the men of Uliatea and those of Huaheine, inwhich the former were victorious, and that a great part of Omai'sproperty was carried to Uliatea. O'too was considerably improvedin his person, and was by much the best made man of any that theysaw; nor was he, as yet, disfigured by the baneful effects of theava. He preserved his original character in supplying the shipwith provisions of every kind in the most liberal manner; andwhen any of the natives who had come from a considerabledistance, begged his intercession with them on board to taketheir hogs, etc. off their hands, which, on account of the fewpeople they had, they were often obliged, much against theirinclination, to refuse, he was very moderate: indeed, hegenerally left the matter to themselves, and whenever heundertook to dispose of another person's property was always wellpaid for his trouble. During their stay at Otaheite he daily paidthem a visit, and importuned the Captain very much to move theship into the Resolution's old birth: where she then lay, she wasnearly in the situation of the Dolphin on her first anchoring;and though at some distance from the watering place, yet,considering the small number of people on board, and their weaksituation, the Captain judged it prudent to remain where he was,as in case of necessity he could put to sea instantly.

O'too was always accompanied by a woman, whose advice he askedupon every occasion; she was by no means handsome, neither didshe possess that delicacy, or those engaging manners that so muchdistinguish her countrywomen in general: she was of the Earreeclass, and seemed to have great authority; but whether or no shewas his wife they did not learn, though Mr. Watts was ratherinclined to think they were married, and he appeared to begreatly attached to her. The king and all the chiefs were veryurgent for Captain Sever to go to Eimeo, and revenge theirquarrel, and several of them offered to get a stock of provisionsand accompany him; however, to this request he gave a positiverefusal. About three days before they quitted Matavai Bay, O'toobrought the ring of an anchor on board, observing it might bemade into small hatchets: Mr. Watts upon examining it,recollected that it certainly belonged to an anchor which CaptainCook bought of Opooni, at Bola Bola, in 1777: as there was noforge on board the Lady Penrhyn, the Captain offered O'too threehatchets for it, which he readily took. When Captain Cook boughtthe anchor just mentioned it wanted the ring and one of thepalms, and at that time they knew that it had been carried fromOtaheite, and belonged to Mons. Bougainville: how O'too came bythe ring, Mr. Watts could not learn, but had he possessed it whenthe Resolution was here, it is reasonable to suppose he wouldhave brought it to Captain Cook, and the more so as at that timethe natives used to bring many large pieces of iron (which theyhad obtained from the Spaniards) to be either worked up orexchanged for trinkets. Though from the season of the year theyhad reason to expect a scarcity of vegetables, yet they wereagreably surprised to find them in the greatest plenty andprofusion; hogs were multiplied amazingly, and from theproceedings of the natives, Mr. Watts was induced to think theywere desirous to thin them, as they brought none to barter butsows, and the greatest part of them were with pig: fowls wereobtained in tolerable plenty, but they were all co*cks, and old;the natives likewise brought goats alongside for sale, and someof them brought cats and offered them in barter. Captain Severpurchased a fine male and milch goat with two kids.

Cocoa nuts are a never failing article at this place, and thebread-fruit, which was so scarce when the Endeavour was here atthe same season of the year, was now exceedingly plentiful, andin high perfection, as was the Otaheite apple; plantains, bothripe and green, and taro, the natives brought in greatquantities, but yams and sweet potatoes were very scarce. Theypurchased seven or eight dozen of pumkins, and a quantity ofchilipods, which were some of the produce of the Resolution'sgarden, and one of the Indians brought some cabbage leaves onboard, but the cabbages, as well as sundry other vegetables, weregone to ruin for want of proper care and attention. The nativescould not be enticed to eat any of the pumkins, and the chilipodsthey said poisoned them.

It already has been observed, that no ship of any nation hadvisited this island since Captain Cook, and from appearances, theiron which the natives obtained at that time was pretty wellexhausted, as the only iron now seen was the blade of atable-knife; neither did they bring any tools on board to besharpened, which certainly would have been the case had they beenpossessed of any, and such was their avidity to obtain hatchets,knives, etc. that every produce the island afforded was purchasedat very reasonable rates, nor were the first prices given,attempted to be altered during their stay. Besides hatchets,knives, and nails, the natives were very desirous to havegimlets, files, and scissars; they also asked forlooking-glasses, and white transparent beads, but of these latterarticles they had none on board: red feathers, which had formerlybeen held in great esteem, were now of no value; they wouldaccept them as presents indeed, but would not barter any onearticle for them.

As their situation was not a very eligible one, Mr. Watts didnot think it prudent to go any great distance from the ship, oreven to be much on shore, so that he was prevented from gainingmuch information, or seeing into many matters that might haveenabled him to judge whether the whole of their report respectingOmai, and the loss of his property, etc. was true or not;however, he was inclined to think that the cattle and all theanimals were killed, except goats, as Oediddee, when he confirmedthe revenge of the Eimeo people, never mentioned that any oneanimal was saved: goats, indeed, had been left on former voyages,and from increase had become the property of many, but Maheine'sresentment, it seems, was levelled at O'too only.

23 July 1788

Great numbers of the natives had been carried off by thevenereal disease, which they had caught from their connectionswith the crews of the Resolution and Discovery; nor were thewomen so free from this complaint as formerly, especially thelowest class, the better sort seemingly not wishing to hazard thecatching so terrible a disorder. The people having recovered in amost astonishing manner, and being now able to assist in theduties of the ship, Captain Sever thought it adviseable to rundown amongst the Society Isles, as they had got a plentifulsupply of provisions on board; accordingly, they got under waybefore daylight in the morning of the 23d. The natives soon tookthe alarm, and the breeze slackening, they were soon crowded withvisitors, none of whom came empty handed. Their friends partedfrom them with great reluctance, and the suddenness of theirdeparture seemed to disappoint the natives greatly; indeed, theywould not have left the place so abruptly, had they not beenapprehensive that if their intention was known, the Indians wouldhave flocked on board in too great numbers, and have beentroublesome. They had the satisfaction of leaving this Island inperfect amity with the natives, and it is but doing them justiceto say, that during the time the Lady Penrhyn lay here, not oneoccasion offered to induce them to fire a musquet. Oediddeeregretted their departure exceedingly, and importuned the Captainvery much to take him to Uliatea, but O'too (whatever were hisreasons) begged that he might by no means be taken from Otaheite;the Captain promised he should not, and taking leave of Oediddee,put him into his canoe, on which he shed tears in abundance, saidhe was very unhappy, and when he put from the ship never onceturned to look at her: his situation was much to be pitied, andhe truly merited every friendship that could be shown him; duringthe time they lay here, he was a constant visitor, and dailybrought on board a supply of ready drest provisions. O'too wasone of the earliest on board in the morning, and did not leavethe ship till they had cleared the reef; he expressed greatsorrow at their departure, mentioned how much time had elapsedsince the Resolution and Discovery were at Otaheite, begged theywould not be so long absent any more, and desired very much tohave some horses brought to him, more particularly than any otheranimal: just before he quitted the ship, he asked for a few gunsto be fired, with which the Captain complied. A breeze nowspringing up, their friends took a last farewell, and they stoodto the north-west for Huaheine; at noon, Point Venus was aboutfive miles distant.

It may, perhaps, be lamented, that Lieutenant Watts (whoseacquaintance with the Chiefs, and knowledge of their language,rendered him a proper person to make enquiries) should not havebeen able to give a more full account of matters, at an islandthat has so much engaged the public notice; but, when the shortstay of the ship, and her situation are considered, it will benatural to imagine, that the officers found their time very fullyemployed: such particulars, however, as have been above relatedmay be depended on as facts.

25 July 1788

At noon on the 25th, they saw the island, Huaheine, bearingwest three-quarters north, fourteen leagues distant: from thistime they had very light winds, and those westerly, whichprevented their reaching the island before noon on the 26th; whenthe extremes of it bore from west half north to south by westhalf west, off shore three miles. They kept standing off and on,on the east side (the wind continuing in the western board) tillthe 29th, during which time the natives brought off plenty ofrefreshments, but they were far more exorbitant in their demandsthan their neighbours.

29 July 1788

In the morning of the 29th, the wind veering to the southsouth-east, they stood round the north end of the island, andbrought to off Owharree harbour; the natives appeared perfectlyfriendly, and constantly supplied them with every article exceptbread-fruit, which they said had failed that season: they werevery importunate for them to go into the harbour, but as CaptainSever did not intend to stay more than a day or two, he did notthink it worth the trouble.

In the evening, an elderly chief, who went by the name ofTutti, and whom Mr. Watts recollected to have frequently seenwith Captain Cook, came on board; he confirmed the reports theyhad heard at Otaheite, and told them, that after Omai had gotperfectly settled, he found himself under the necessity ofpurchasing a great quantity of cloth, and other necessaries, forhimself and family, of which his neighbours took advantage, andmade him pay extravagantly for every article he purchased; thathe frequently visited Uliatea, and never went empty handed, sothat by these means he expended much of his treasure: he died athis own house, as did the New Zealand boys, but in what ordertheir deaths had happened, Tutti could not give information. UponOmai's decease, the Uliatea men came over and attacked them forhis property, alledging that as he was a native of their islandthey had an undoubted right to it. Tutti said they carried away aconsiderable part of his remaining property, and particularly hismusquets, the stocks of which they broke, and took the powder andburied it in the sand: he added, that the conflict had been veryfierce, and that great numbers were slain on both sides, nor werethey friends even at this time. Three of the natives who came onboard, had the os frontis fractured in a terrible manner, butthey were then perfectly recovered of their wounds. The housethat Captain Cook had built for Omai was still in being, and wascovered by a very large one built after the country fashion; itwas taken possession of by the chief of the island. With respectto the horses, the mare had foaled, but died soon afterwards, asdid the foal, the horse was still living though of no benefit:thus were rendered fruitless the benevolent intentions of hisMajesty, and all the pains and trouble Captain Cook had been atin preserving the cattle, during a tedious passage to theseislands.

2 August 1788-24 August 1788

Having recruited their stock of provisions, and added a largequantity of yams and sugar cane, and the wind coming to theeastward (which had not been the case more than four or five dayssince their first anchoring in Matavai Bay) they on the 2d ofAugust took leave of their friends, and stood to the northwarduntil noon, when they steered north-west. They carried away fromthese hospitable islands, sixty hogs, weighing from seventy totwo hundred and twenty pounds each, besides near fifty smallpigs, ten dozen of fowls, an immense quantity of cocoa-nuts,green plantains, sugar cane, taro, and yams, and about eightdozen of pumkins; the people were all perfectly recovered, andfrom the plentiful stock of provisions on board there was reasonto hope that they would not be any more alarmed for their safety.At day light in the Morning of the 8th, they saw a low flatisland, bearing from east to north-east seven or eight milesdistant; it appeared to be well clothed with trees, but theweather at that time being squally allowed them a very imperfectview. Captain Sever named it Penrhyn's Island; it is situated in9°. 10'. south latitude, and 202°. 15'. east longitude.In the afternoon of the 20th, the Captain and some othersimagining they saw land, and the sun setting in a fog-bank, whichprevented them ascertaining the reality, they shortened sail, andlay by for the night; but at five o'clock the next morning noland being in sight, they made sail and stood to the north-westby west, with a fine breeze at north-east. In the evening of the23d, being near the situation of an island and reef, as laid downin Lord Anson's chart, they brought to for the night. A number ofganets and other birds were flying about the next day, but noland appeared in sight: their latitude at noon was 9° 30'north, and 179° 18' east longitude.

15 September 1788

Nothing occured worthy of note till the 15th of September,when about noon they saw the island of Saypan, bearing west halfnorth, twelve leagues distant. The next day at noon the south endof Tinian was about four leagues distant: in the afternoon thesmall boat was hoisted out, and Mr. Anstis went in her to sound asmall bay round the south point of Saypan; he returned at seveno'clock, having found from ten to twenty fathoms water about amile off shore, but the ground hard. The next morning, Mr. Anstiswent on shore in the small boat to endeavour to procure abullock, great numbers of which were seen grazing on the islandTinian. At six in the afternoon, they stood round the south pointof Tinian, but finding they could not fetch into the road, theybrought to for the night. In the evening, Mr. Anstis returnedwith the best part of a young bullock. The next morning at daylight, they made sail and stood in for the road, and at nineo'clock came to anchor in eighteen fathoms, over a bottom ofcoral, about a mile and an half distant from shore. Soon afterthey anchored, a party were sent on shore to hunt.

25 September 1788-29 September 1788

From this to the 25th, they had light winds varying from southto east, with frequent showers over the land, and the flies sovery troublesome that they found Captain Byron's account of themperfectly just. On coming to an anchor, they observed a buoy alittle to the southward, with a slip buoy to it, they swept forthe anchor, weighed it, and found it belonged to the Charlotte(Gilbert, master) one of the ships from Port Jackson bound toChina; there were two-thirds of a cable to it. The party on shorealso found some spars, apparently erected for a tent, and threewater casks, one of which was full: it is most likely theCharlotte was blown out of the road, and could not regain herstation again. Observing that their anchor was foul, on the 25ththey hove it up to clear, and let it go again; presentlyafterwards, finding the ship adrift, they sounded, and hadtwenty-five fathoms, but as she was at the edge of the bank, theyhove the anchor up, and made a stretch to the southward, but didnot again fetch the bay till the evening of the 26th. The twofollowing days they had dark heavy weather with very hardsqualls, and almost continual rain, the wind from north-east tosouth-east. At day light in the morning of the 29th, the windveered round to the south south-west, and soon afterwards, a verysevere squall, attended with heavy rain, set the ship adrift, andthe tide making strong to the north-west with a large hollow sea,they veered the reef very fast; however, the squall somethingabating, and fortunately backing round to the south south-east,they got their anchor up (which they otherwise would not havebeen able to have effected) and bore away to the northnorth-west. At noon the body of Tinian bore east half south,about four leagues distant.

During their stay at Tinian, filling water took up the wholeof their time, the well not affording more than three tons a day,sometimes only two tons: the water was rather brackish, butotherwise not ill tasted. They found the fowls and hogs very shy,and the cattle had quite deserted the south part of the island,owing, as was imagined, to the alarm the Charlotte's people hadoccasioned among them.

They obtained two bulls, eight hogs, and about a dozen fowls;they also got bread fruit, but it was at some distance up thecountry, and the generality of it not ripe: there was abundanceof guavas but they were not in season; limes and sour orangeswere also very plentiful. Cocoa-nut trees were in abundance, butthose within a moderate distance from the beach were cut down, sothat the distance they had to go for any was attended with toomuch fatigue to compensate for the advantages which could bederived from them, as they experienced from two or three attemptsof the kind: the season in general seemed very backward. Inaddition to the animals of this place, they found wild cats, Thecountry had exactly the same appearance as when Captains Byronand Wallis visited it, but many of the pyramidical pillars hadfallen down and were much decayed. The mean state of thethermometer during their stay, was 87°. In their passage fromhence to China, no material circ*mstance occurred, and on the19th of October they anchored in Macao Roads.

Track of the Scarborough

Chapter XXI.

May 1788 to September 1788

The Scarborough leaves Port Jackson--Touches at Lord Howe'sIsland--Joins the Charlotte--Falls in with a largeShoal--Discover a number of Islands--Short account of theInhabitants--Canoes described--Ornaments-- Discover LordMulgrave's Islands--Arrival at Tinian--Sick people sent onshore--Departure from Tinian--Arrival in Mocao Roads.

6 May 1788-22 May 1788

The Scarborough transport, Captain Marshall, left Port Jacksonon the 6th of May 1788, and proceeded towards China, beingengaged to take in a cargo of teas at Canton for the East IndiaCompany. For several days they had very unsettled weather, withfrequent squalls and heavy rain. In the afternoon of the 16th,they saw Lord Howe's Island, bearing east by south seven leaguesdistant; and the next day at noon, they found the Supply brig,the Lady Penrhyn, and the Charlotte, standing off and on underthe island. By two o'clock the Scarborough was close in with theland, but the weather not permitting them to go on shore, thenight was spent in standing off and on. Early the next morning,Captain Marshall sent his boat with the chief mate and six men onshore at Lord Howe's Island, in expectation of procuring someturtle, as the Supply, Lieutenant Ball, had caught a largequantity at this island in February: however, they were not able,after the most diligent search, to meet with any turtle; but thisexcursion was not altogether a fruitless one, for they broughtoff a quantity of fine birds, sufficient to serve the ship's crewthree days; many of them were very fat, somewhat resembling aGuinea hen, and proved excellent food. Having procured suchrefreshments as the island afforded, they made sail at fouro'clock, with the Charlotte in company, and stood to theeastward, with a moderate breeze at south-west. At eight o'clockin the morning of the 22d, they saw Norfolk Island, bearing eastby south twelve leagues distant. At two o'clock, they were withinone mile of the land, and had soundings in sixteen fathoms waterover a hard bottom: the Charlotte being a considerable distancea-stern, Captain Marshall lay to for her to come up, and when shejoined the Scarborough he stood under an easy sail to thedistance of six leagues westward of the island, and carriedsoundings from sixteen to twenty-five fathoms, the groundvarious; in some places being soft, in other parts a corallybottom, and sometimes coarse white sand, intermixed with brokenshells.

26 May 1788

After leaving Norfolk Island, they stretched to the northwardand eastward, and at one o'clock on the twenty-sixth they saw asmall island bearing north north-east eight or nine leaguesdistant; when about four miles from the island, they sounded withfifty fathoms of line, but got no bottom. Towards evening,Captain Marshall was close in with the island, and being desirousto examine it, he plied occasionally during the night. At daylight the next morning, he was close to the land, and found it tobe a barren rock, not more than half a mile over in the broadestpart; it is very high, and was entirely covered with birds ofvarious kinds, but there was no possibility of landing on accountof a frightful surf that entirely surrounded it. This rock wasseen first by Captain Gilbert, of the Charlotte, in the forenoonof the 26th, and named by him, Matthew's Island; it is situatedin 22° 22' south latitude, and 170° 41' longitude, eastof Greenwich.

30 May 1788-13 June 1788

On the 30th, in 17° 13' south latitude, and 172° 43'east longitude, they passed several large trees, and a number ofcocoa-nuts floating in the water, but no land was to be seen.Nothing occurred worthy of note till the 4th of June, when thewater appearing coloured, they sounded and struck the ground infifteen fathoms water, although no land was to be seen: a man wasthen sent to the mast-head, who could plainly discern that theshoal run to the westward, on which Captain Marshall altered hiscourse and stretched to the eastward, carrying soundings fromfifteen to thirty fathoms water, over a rocky bottom, and in manyplaces they could see the ground very distinctly. After runningto the eastward, about eight miles, they found no bottom withseventy fathoms of line, which occasioned the Captain to tack andstand to the southward. Vast numbers of birds of different kindswere flying to the westward of the shoal, so that there probablyis an island near that situation. The east part of this shoal issituated in 173° 12' east longitude, and the south part of itin 15° 50' south latitude, but how far it extends to thewestward and northward is very uncertain, though doubtless to aconsiderable distance, as the water had a white appearance fromthe mast head as far as the eye could reach. Being now entirelyfree from the shoal, they stood to the northward, with a lighteasterly breeze, and moderate weather. On the 9th, in 7° 59'south latitude, the wind shifted to the westward and continued inthe western board till the 13th when it again changed to theeastward.

18 June 1788

At six o'clock in the morning of the 18th they saw an islandright a-head, bearing north half west eight or nine milesdistant: they sounded when about six miles from the land, but gotno bottom with sixty fathoms of line; at this time CaptainMarshall perceived several canoes with their sails set, and twoor three men in each canoe, coming towards the ship, but theypresently put back again and made for the shore. This island isvery low and level, and extends north-east, and south-west,terminating at each end in a low, flat point, with an appearanceof a large bay in the middle; the Captain named it Hopper'sIsland; it is situated in 00° 03' south latitude, and173° 43' longitude east from Greenwich.

At seven o'clock they saw another island smaller than theformer, lying about six miles to the south-west of Hopper'sIsland, and nearly the same in appearance; this was namedHenderville's Island. Towards noon, another island made itsappearance, which Captain Marshall named Woodle's Island,situated three miles to the north-west of Henderville's Island.Five large canoes with sails set put off from Woodle's Island,and came towards the ship, but when about four miles distant,they turned back and stood for the shore. The wind blowing offthe land prevented them from getting in with the shore, so as toenable them to give a particular description of these islands;they seemed to abound with cocoa-nut, and a variety of othertrees. At three o'clock in the afternoon, the Scarborough beingwithin three miles of Henderville's Island, they sounded withsixty fathoms of line, but got no ground. Several large fireswere lighted up on the shore, and the natives assembled in vastnumbers on the beach, many of them pointing at the ship withlooks of wonder and surprise; presently afterwards, nineteencanoes, with five or six men in each, came off from the shore andmade towards the ship, on which Captain Marshall lay to, in hopesthey would come along side; several of them came within a quarterof a mile of the ship, and then taking down their sails, theystopt to gaze at the vessel, but nothing would induce them tocome alongside; however, as more canoes were seen coming from theisland, Captain Marshall determined to lay to till they allreturned on shore, as there was a probability of his procuringsome refreshments from them: two of the last canoes made for theship without the least hesitation; on this, the Captain orderedhis people out of sight that the natives might not beintimidated. When the canoes were close to the ship, the Indiansbegan to talk, and made signs for them to bring the ship nearerthe island.

After talking with the natives some time, the Captain shewedthem a few small nails, a quart bottle, and a looking-glass, allof which they seemed very desirous to obtain; however, they couldnot be prevailed on to bring their canoes along-side, but threeof them jumped out and swam to the ship; a rope was given them totake hold of, but they could not be persuaded to come on board.On receiving their little presents they laughed very heartily,and by way of exchange gave the Captain some beads and teeth ofbeasts or animals, which they wore about their necks asornaments: this circ*mstance serves to show that they have someidea of barter.

After making signs a second time for them to bring the shipnearer the island, they took their leave, and presentlyafterwards all the canoes returning towards the shore, CaptainMarshall made sail and stood to the northward. The situation ofthese islands has already been mentioned, they lie in nearly anorth-west and south-east direction: Hopper's Island appears tobe about ten leagues in length, Henderville's Island six leagues,and Woodle's Island the same.

It is to be lamented that Captain Marshall had not anopportunity of surveying these islands more minutely, as there isscarcely a doubt of their affording a variety of refreshments;for though nothing of the kind was seen in the canoes, yet thenatives were plump and fleshy, and seemed to live at their ease:there is also an appearance of a most excellent harbour atHopper's Island.

The inhabitants seem to be a fine set of people; they are of acopper colour, stout and well made; their hair is long and black,with black eyes and eye brows, and they seem to have very fineteeth. The only ornaments seen amongst them were necklaces madeof beads intermixed with teeth, and many of them had their facespainted white.

A Canoe and Natives of Mulgrave's Range

If we may judge of these people from the construction of theircanoes, they certainly possess a considerable share ofcontrivance and ingenuity: many of them are large enough tocontain sixteen or twenty people; they are narrow, and built tosail very fast, yet there is not the least danger of theiroversetting, as they are steadied with an out-rigger resembling aladder on the weather side, to one end of which a log of wood isfastened, cut sharp at each end in the form of a boat; this notonly serves to keep the canoe upright, but likewise holds her towindward. At the other end of the out-rigger, a stout rope isfixed, which leads up to the mast head and serves as a shroud;and when the wind blows fresh, two or more men, according to thesize of the canoe, go out upon the ladder to keep herupright.

Though these canoes always sail on the same side, yet they areso contrived as to sail one way as well as the other, and theIndians manage them with such dexterity that they put about muchsooner than our boats. Every canoe has a sail, which in generalis very large; they appear to be made of raw-silk, neatly sewedtogether, and are cut in the form of our shoulder of mutton sail,with a yard at the fore-leach, and another at the foot, so thatwhen they want to put their canoe about, they only have to shifttheir tack and bring it to leeward of the mast: in short, fromwhat little Captain Marshall saw of these people, they appearedto be lively, ingenious and expert.

20 June 1788

After quitting these new discovered Islands, Captain Marshallstood to the northward, with a light breeze at east north-east,and at five o'clock in the morning of the 20th, they saw anisland bearing east north-east, eight miles distant; it appearedvery low, and almost level with the water, so that when only fourmiles distant they could perceive nothing but trees. When CaptainMarshall got close in with the land, he found it to be a chain ofislands, extending from south-east to north-west for the distanceof more than thirty leagues. Having a favourable breeze, they runalong the islands about three miles from shore, and severalcanoes with sails set, came after the ship, but none of themwould come near her. Great numbers of the natives presentlyassembled on the beach, in order to gratify their curiosity inlooking at the ship; this induced Captain Marshall to lay to inexpectation of the natives coming along-side, but not one of themventured near the ship: at one time he had an intention ofsending his boat on shore in order to procure some refreshments,as many of his crew were laid up with the scurvy; however, heprudently declined taking this step, as it certainly would havebeen hazarding too much to have sent a few men amongst anignorant multitude, with whose temper and disposition they wereperfectly unacquainted.

The centre of these islands is situated in 1° 50' northlatitude, 173° 00' east longitude. They are very low, and yetit is rather remarkable, that on sounding, when not more than amile from the land, there was no bottom found with eighty fathomsof line. Within the islands there appeared to be some fineharbours, and they probably afford a variety of refreshments. Thenatives seemed to be nearly black, and their canoes wereconstructed much in the same manner as those alreadydescribed.

22 June 1788

There being no prospect of procuring any refreshments fromthese people, Captain Marshall made sail, and at noon on the 22dthey saw land in the direction of north by east, eight milesdistant; it appeared very low, flat, and full of trees. By fouro'clock, they were close in with the southernmost land, and saw agreat number of canoes sailing close to the shore, some of whichcame towards the ship, and two of them very near, but nothingwould entice them to come along-side. The people appeared muchthe same as those at Henderville's Island, and their canoes wereof a similar construction; one of them had a kind of vane at themast head, which appeared to be made of the same materials astheir sail. In running along shore, they found it to consist ofsix different islands, extending from north by east to south bywest, to the length of fourteen or fifteen leagues; the centre ofthem is situated in 2° 58' north latitude, and 173° 00'east longitude. The southernmost island, Captain Marshall namedAllen's Island; the second, Gillespy's Island; the third,Touching's Island; the fourth, Clarke's Island; the fifth,Smith's Island; and the northernmost, Scarborough Island. Theyran along these islands about three miles distant from the land,and kept the lead constantly going, but could get no bottom,which appeared rather extraordinary as the land is very low.There appears to be good anchorage between these islands, and thewater very smooth, and they seem to abound with cocoa-nut andcabbage trees. By the time they were abreast of ScarboroughIsland, it grew so dark that they could not see the land;luckily, however, the Indians lighted two very large fires whichenabled them to get entirely clear of all the islands.

23 June 1788

At six o'clock in the afternoon of the 23d, more land made itsappearance, bearing north to north-west, four leagues distant,but night coming on, they tacked and stood to the southward.

24 June 1788

By two o'clock the next day, they were within two miles of theland, and found it to be a chain of islands, extending from eastto nearly west for more than twenty-five leagues; and theyperceived a reef from the easternmost point of land, which ran atleast three leagues into the sea. The shore on the north-westside of these islands is bold and steep; the Scarborough coastedalong within a mile of the land, and frequently sounded with anhundred fathoms of line, but could get no bottom; at the sametime they saw the water break near the shore, and a vast numberof the natives were collected on the beach. About three o'clock,a small canoe with two men in her came off from the shore, onwhich Captain Marshall hove to, in order to give them anopportunity of coming up with the ship, but when they were aboutone hundred yards from the vessel, they put back again as fast aspossible, seemingly very much frightened: these men had skinswrapped round their waists, and their hair was ornamented withshells and beads. After they left the ship, Captain Marshall madesail, being desirous to make the westward part of the islands ifpossible before the night came on; but in this he wasdisappointed, as the wind grew light and baffling. Several largecanoes now put off from the shore with eight or ten men in each;it already has been observed that the Charlotte, Captain Gilbert,was in company with the Scarborough; at this time she was somedistance a-stern, and the canoes all went along-side her; severalof them went on board the Charlotte, and ran fore and aft,stealing every thing that lay in their way; one of them inparticular, got hold of the pump-break, and attempted to jumpover-board with it, but was stopped by one of the sailors. Theyappeared to be very civilized, and all of them had coveringsround the waist: their ornaments were necklaces made of beads, towhich a cross was suspended, in the same manner as those worn bythe Spaniards.

25 June 1788-27 June 1788

Captain Marshall distinguished these islands by the name ofLord Mulgrave's Islands, in honour of the Right Honourable LordMulgrave. The southernmost of them is situated in 5° 58'north latitude, and 172° 3' east longitude, and thenorthernmost in 6° 29' north latitude, and 171° 10' eastlongitude. At noon on the 25th, they got round the westernmostisland, and thought themselves entirely clear of them all, as theday was very fair, and no land could be seen from the mast-head;at the same time they had a long swell: on this, Captain Marshallstood on under an easy sail during the night, but was very muchsurprised at daylight the next morning to see land on the weatherquarter, and a large island on the lee quarter, between whichthey must have passed in the night, and certainly very near thaton their lee, though they sounded every half hour, but neverstruck the ground. Lord Mulgrave's Islands abound withcocoa-nut-trees, and they could perceive remnants of oranges andvarious other sorts of fruit, although the natives offerednothing of the sort to barter. These islanders had not anyoffensive weapons whatever, so that they probably are on veryfriendly terms with each other. With a light easterly breeze,they kept their course to the northward, and at noon on the 27th,in 7° 25' north latitude, and 171° 10' east longitude,they saw land bearing from north by east to north north-west.Having now a fresh breeze, Captain Marshall run in with the land,and found it to be a cluster of small islands lying east and westof each other, but no appearance was seen of their beinginhabited.

28 June 1788

At noon on the 28th, more islands were seen, bearing fromnorth to north-west by west, three or four leagues distant, theirlatitude at that time was 8° 02' north, and 170° 57' eastlongitude. The weather being very hazy, with constant rain, theywore, and stood from the land; however, the afternoon provingtolerably clear, they again stood towards it, and by four o'clockwere close in with the westernmost island. Two large canoes werelying on a sandy beach, but they did not perceive anyinhabitants. At five o'clock they saw several more islands,bearing north north-east, five or six leagues distant. During thenight, Captain Marshall stood under an easy sail, and atday-light the next morning land was seen a-head bearing north byeast six leagues, and some land bearing east seventeen leaguesdistant. These islands, like all they had yet seen, were verylow, and entirely covered with lofty trees; on sounding, they gotno ground with an hundred fathoms of line. Their latitude at noonwas 8° 59' north, and 170° 24' east longitude.

30 June 1788

At five in the afternoon, more islands were seen, bearingnorth, five leagues distant, but night coming on they wore andstood to the southward. In the forenoon of the 30th, they ranbetween two islands, about five leagues distant from each other,and surrounded by a number of breakers: by eleven o'clock theywere entirely clear of all the land. Their observation at noongave 9° 34' north latitude, and the longitude was 169°22' east. These last islands were supposed by Captain Marshall tobe those which Lord Anson discovered, and named BarbadoesIslands.

31 July 1788

Having now a clear navigation, they prosecuted their voyagewithout meeting with any thing worthy of notice till the 31st ofJuly, when at six clock in the morning they saw the island ofSaypan bearing west by south six leagues distant. Having lightbaffling winds, they did not get in with the land till theapproach of evening, so that the night was spent in standing offand on. At day-light the next morning, Captain Marshall sent hisboat on shore, with the chief mate and four seamen, to procuresome refreshments, and look for anchorage. At two o'clock in theafternoon, the boats returned loaded with cocoa-nuts and cabbage,both, as the men reported, from the same tree, but they couldfind no place for a vessel to anchor in, the water being verydeep close to the land, with a rocky bottom, and so heavy a surfthat the boat did not land without great difficulty. Not meetingwith a harbour at Sapan, the Captain determined to make the bestof his way to Tinian, where he might come to anchor and get hissick people on shore, having no less than fifteen men laid upwith the scurvy, and the rest of his crew were so weak that theycould scarcely work the ship: the wind, however, was so variable,that they did not reach the south-west side of that island tillafternoon on the 4th, when they anchored in twenty-five fathomswater, and soon afterwards the Charlotte came to anchor a smalldistance from the Scarborough.

5 August 1788-8 August 1788

Early the next morning, Captain Marshall sent his sick peopleon shore, with a tent, and a sufficient quantity of provisions toserve them five days. After landing the sick, and erecting theirtent, the boats crew walked about the island, and saw a greatnumber of cattle, hogs, and fowls, but they only caught a calf,one hog, and a fowl or two, and loaded the boat with cocoanuts,oranges, and limes. On the 6th, the chief mate was sent on shoreto look for fresh water; he soon found out the well, mentioned inLord Anson's voyage, but it was quite dry, and there was not anyfresh water to be met with within two miles of the landing place.The boat returned at noon, loaded with fruit of different sorts.Toward evening the wind came round to south south-west blowingvery strong, which sent a heavy sea rolling into the bay, andoccasioned the Scarborough to pitch very much. The wind stillblowing strongly into the bay, Captain Marshall sent his boat onshore on the 7th, to bring off the sick people, which theyaccomplished with much danger and difficulty; in the mean time,every thing was got ready for sea, the Captain being determinedto get away the moment the wind shifted to south or south byeast, so that they could clear the west part of the island.During the night, they had so heavy a gale at south-west thatthey expected every minute to be driven on shore; fortunately,however, at day-break, the wind shifted to south south-east, onwhich they immediately cut the cable and ran clear of the land:Captain Gilbert cut both his cables and followed the Scarborough.Scarce had they cleared the land before the wind again shifted tosouth-south-west, and blew a complete hurricane, so that had thevessels then been at anchor, they must inevitably have beendriven on shore. Though Captain Marshall's people were on land soshort a time, they found amazing benefit from it, their strengthgradually returned, and soon afterwards they were perfectlyrestored to health.

7 September 1788

No particular occurrence happened during their passage fromTinian to China; they saw the Lema Islands in the afternoon ofthe 7th of September, and came to anchor in Macao Roads thefollowing afternoon.

Chapter XXII.

Supplemental Account of Animals

BIRDS.

No. 139. BANKIAN co*ckATOO. Order II. Pies. Genus V.Parrot.

This is about the size of the great white co*ckatoo; the lengthtwenty-two inches. The bill is exceedingly short, and of a palelead-colour. The head feathers are pretty long, so as to enablethe bird to erect them into a crest at will: The colour of thehead, neck, and under parts of the body are dusky brown,inclining to olive, darkest on the belly: the feathers of the topof the head and back part of the neck are edged with olive; therest of the plumage on the upper part of the body, the wings, andtail, are of a glossy black; the last is pretty long and a littlerounded at the end; the two middle feathers are wholly black; theothers of a fine vermilion in the middle for about one-third,otherwise black; the outer edge of the exterior feather black thewhole length. Legs black.

This bird was met with in New South Wales, and is supposed tobe a variety, if not a different sex, from the Bankian co*ckatoodescribed in the General Synopsis of Birds, Supplement, p. 63.pl. 109. It varies, however, in not having the feathers of thehead or those of the wing-coverts marked with buff-colouredspots; nor is the red part of the tail crossed with black bars,as in that bird.

With the above specimen was sent the head of another, whichdiffered in having a mixture of yellow in various parts of it. Wehave been informed, that the red part of the tail in this last isbarred with black, not unlike that described by Mr. Latham in theSynopsis. From these circ*mstances, it may be presumed, that thisbird is subject to great variety.

Bankian co*ckatoo

RED SHOULDERED PARROT. Order II. Pies. Genus V.

This bird is about the size of the Guinea Parrakeet. Totallength ten inches and a half: the general colour of the plumageis green, inclining to yellow on the under parts: the top of thehead, the outer edge of the wing, and some parts of the middle ofthe same are deep blue: all round the base of the bill crimson,with a mixture of the same on the fore part of the neck, butbetween the bill and eye is a mixture of yellow: the shoulders,and under parts of the wings are blood red: two or three of theinner quills, and the vent pale red: the greater quills dusky,fringed outwardly with yellow: the tail is greatly wedged inshape, the feathers at the base chesnut, towards the end dullblue: the bill and legs are brown.

This species inhabits New South Wales; and we believe it to behitherto non-descript.

Red Shouldered Parrakeet

CRESTED GOAT SUCKER. Order III. Passerine. Genus XLV.

This bird is somewhat smaller than our European species,measuring only nine inches and a half in length. The generalcolour of the plumage on the upper parts is dark-brown, mottledand crossed with obscure whitish bars: the quills are plainbrown, but five or six of the outer ones marked with dusky whitespots on the outer webs: the tail is rounded in shape, and markedwith twelve narrow bars of a dusky white, mottled with black, asare the various whitish marks on the upper parts: the under partsof the body are more or less white; but the fore part of the neckand breast are crossed with numerous dusky bars: the bill isblack, but the gape and within yellow; the sides of the mouthfurnished with bristles, as in other goat-suckers; besides which,at the base of the bill are ten or twelve erect stiff bristles,thinly barbed on their sides, and standing perfectly upright as acrest, giving the bird a singular appearance: the legs are weak,longer than in most of the tribe, and of a pale yellow colour;claws brown.

New Holland Goat-sucker

NEW HOLLAND CASSOWARY. Order VI. Struthious. Genus LIX.Cassowary.

This is a species differing in many particulars from thatgenerally known, and is a much larger bird, standing higher onits legs, and having the neck longer than in the common one.Total length seven feet two inches. The bill is not greatlydifferent from that of the common Cassowary; but the hornyappendage, or helmet on the top of the head, in this species istotally wanting: the whole of the head and neck is also coveredwith feathers, except the throat and fore part of the neck abouthalf way, which are not so well feathered as the rest; whereas inthe common Cassowary, the head and neck are bare and carunculatedas in the turkey.

The plumage in general consists of a mixture of brown andgrey, and the feathers are somewhat curled or bent at the ends inthe natural state: the wings are so very short as to be totallyuseless for flight, and indeed, are scarcely to be distinguishedfrom the rest of the plumage, were it not for their standing outa little. The long spines which are seen in the wings of thecommon sort, are in this not observable,--nor is there anyappearance of a tail. The legs are stout, formed much as in theGaleated Cassowary, with the addition of their being jagged orsawed the whole of their length at the back part.

This bird is not uncommon in New Holland, as several of themhave been seen about Botany Bay, and other parts. The one fromwhich the plate was taken, was shot within two miles of thesettlement at Sydney Cove, and the drawing made on the spot byLieutenant Watts. The skin being sent over to England in spirits,has been put into attitude, and is now the property of Sir JosephBanks, to whom it was presented by Lord Sydney. Although thisbird cannot fly, it runs so swiftly, that a greyhound canscarcely overtake it. The flesh is said to be in taste not unlikebeef.

New Holland Cassowary

WHITE GALLINULE. Order VII. Cloven-footed. Genus LXXV.

This beautiful bird greatly resembles the purple Gallinule inshape and make, but is much superior in size, being as large as adunghil fowl. The length from the end of the bill to that of theclaws is two feet three inches: the bill is very stout, and thecolour of it, the whole of the top of the head, and the iridesred; the sides of the head round the eyes are reddish, verythinly sprinkled with white feathers; the whole of the plumagewithout exception is white. The legs the colour of the bill.

This species is pretty common on Lord Howe's Island, NorfolkIsland, and other places, and is a very tame species. The othersex, supposed to be the male, is said to have some blue on thewings.

White Gallinule

DOG OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
Genus XII. Canis.--Lin. Syst. Nat.
Genus XVII. Dog.--Penn. Hist. Quad.

The height of this species, standing erect, is rather lessthan two feet: the length two feet and a half. The head is formedmuch like that of a fox, the ears short and erect, with whiskersfrom one to two inches in length on the muzzle. The generalcolour of the upper parts is pale brown, growing lighter towardsthe belly: the hind part of the fore legs, and the fore part ofthe hinder ones white, as are the feet of both: the tail is of amoderate length, somewhat bushy, but in a less degree than thatof the fox: the teeth are much the same as is usual in the genus,as may be seen in the top of the plate where the animal isrepresented.

This species inhabits New South Wales. The specimen from whichthe annexed plate was taken, (a female) is now alive in thepossession of the Marchioness of Salisbury, at Hatfield-House,and was sent over as a present to Mr. Nepean, from GovernorPhillip. It has much of the manners of the dog, but is of a verysavage nature, and not likely to change in this particular. Itlaps like other dogs, but neither barks nor growls if vexed andteized; instead of which, it erects the hairs of the whole bodylike bristles, and seems furious: it is very eager after itsprey, and is fond of rabbits or chickens, raw, but will not touchdressed meat. From its fierceness and agility it has greatly theadvantage of other animals much superior in size; for a very fineFrench fox-dog being put to it, in a moment it seized him by theloins, and would have soon put an end to his existence, had nothelp been at hand. With the utmost ease it is able to leap overthe back of an ass, and was very near worrying one to death,having fastened on it, so that the creature was not able todisengage himself without assistance; it has been also known torun down both deer and sheep.

A second of these is in the possession of Mr. Lascelles, ofwhich we have received much the same account in respect to itsferocity; whence it is scarcely to be expected that this elegantanimal will ever become familiar.

Dog of New South Wales

SPOTTED MARTIN.
Genus XV. Mustela.--Lin. Syst. Nat.
Genus XXIII. Weesel.--Penn. Hist. Quad.

The species is about the size of a large polecat, and measuresfrom the tip of the nose to the setting on of the tail eighteeninches; the tail itself being nearly the same length. The visageis pointed in shape, and the whole make of the animal does notill resemble that of the Fossane. The general colour of the furis black, marked all over with irregular blotches of white, thetail not excepted, which has an elegant appearance, and tapersgradually to a point.

The situation of the teeth and jaws is much the same as in therest of the genus, as may be seen in the upper part of theplate.

Inhabits the neighbourhood of Port Jackson.

Martin Cat

KANGUROO RAT.
Genus XVII. Didelphis.--Lin. Syst. Nat.
Genus XXII. Opossum.--Penn. Hist. 2uad.

The upper jaw of this species has two cutting teeth in front,with three others on each side of them, and at a distance onefalse grinder, sharp at the edge, and channelled, or fluted, onthe sides, and close to these, two true grinders: in the lowerjaw are two long cutting teeth, formed like those of thesquirrel, with three grinders, corresponding with those in theupper jaw.

The general shape of the body is not widely different fromthat of the Kanguroo, both in respect to the shortness of thefore legs and the peculiar construction of the hind ones; but thevisage being strongly similar to that of the rat, and the colourof the whole not ill resembling that animal, it has obtained thename of the Kanguroo Rat.

This is an inhabitant of New Holland, and two of the speciesare now to be seen alive at the curious exhibition of animalsover Exeter Exchange. One of these, being a female, has broughtforth young, one of which is represented in the same plate withthe adult animal. On the upper part of the same plate is figuredthe jaw of a full grown subject.

Kanguroo Rat

THE LACED LIZARD. Genus CXXII. Lacerta.--Lin. Sist. Nat.

This most elegant species is in length, from the nose to theend of the tail, about forty inches: in the mouth are a few weakteeth, though rather sharp, at about a quarter of an inchdistance one from another: the tongue is long and forked: thegeneral shape is slender; and the ground colour of the skin, onthe upper parts, a brownish or bluish black, whimsically markedwith golden yellow; in some parts this colour is beautifullymottled or freckled, like some kinds of lace-work; in others,striped in various directions, particularly on the legs, whichseem as if striped across with black and white: the under partsare yellow, crossed with single bars of black on the chin andthroat, and double clouded ones on the belly: the toes are fivein number on each foot, barred across with black and yellow, asthe legs, and each furnished with a crooked black claw: the tailmeasures more in length than the whole of the body; towards thebase, clouded and marked as the rest; but the further half bandedwith black and yellow, each band three inches broad, the endrunning to a very sharp point.

This beautiful Lizard is not uncommon at Port Jackson, whereit is reputed a harmless species. Individuals vary much one fromanother, in respect to the length of the tail, as also in thecolour of the markings; some having those parts marked with apure silvery white, which in the above described are yellow.

Laced Lizard

BAG-THROATED BALISTES. Genus CXXXV. Balistes.--Lin. Syst. Nat.

The size of the fish figured in the plate is uncertain, as wehave only obtained a drawing of it without any description.--Itagrees in many things with others of the genus, and does notgreatly differ from one figured in Willughby's Icthyologia, Tab.1. 22. but has the body longer in proportion. The erect horn orspine is placed over, and a little behind the eyes, as inWillughby's figure, attended with two shorter ones directlybehind the first: the long spine is quite straight, sharp at thepoint, and deeply sawed on the back part. Another singularitypresents itself in this species, which is, a deep pouch-likeappendage beneath the throat, in shape not unlike what is calledHippocrates's sleeve, or rather a jelly bag.

This fish is found pretty commonly on the coast of New SouthWales, and was called by the sailors the Old Wife, having muchresemblance in many things to the species so named. When skinned,it was thought pretty good eating.

A fish of New South Wales

A FISH OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

Of this fish it can only be said, that the ground colour ismuch the same as that of our mackarel, marked with several round,blue and white spots; and that, in the plate, it is representedfaithfully from a drawing by Daniel Butler sent from New SouthWales, where it is in great plenty, and is thought to taste muchlike a dolphin. As to the genus, it is difficult to say withcertainty to which it belongs, as it is deficient in thecharacteristics of those generally known; it is therefore left tothe reader to settle this matter according to his ownopinion.

Fish of New South Wales

PORT JACKSON SHARK. Genus CXXXI. Squalus.--Lin. Syst. Nat.

The length of the specimen from which the drawing was taken,is two feet; and it is about five inches and an half over at thebroadest part, from thence tapering to the tail: the skin isrough, and the colour, in general, brown, palest on the underparts: over the eyes on each side is a prominence, or long ridge,of about three inches; under the middle of which the eyes areplaced: the teeth are very numerous, there being at least ten oreleven rows; the forward teeth are small and sharp, but as theyare placed more backward, they become more blunt and larger, andseveral rows are quite flat at top, forming a kind of bonypalate, somewhat like that of the Wolf-fish; differing, however,in shape, being more inclined to square than round, which theyare in that fish: the under jaw is furnished much in the samemanner as the upper: the breathing holes are five in number, asis usual in the genus: on the back are two fins, and before eachstands a strong spine, much as in the Prickly Hound, or Dog,fish: it has also two pectoral, and two ventral fins; but besidesthese, there is likewise an anal fin, placed at a middle distancebetween the last and the tail: the tail itself, is as it weredivided, the upper part much longer than the under.

At first sight, the above might be taken for the PricklyHound-fish, or Squalus Spinax of Linnoeus, of which a good figuremay be seen in Willughby's Icthyol. Tab. B. 5. f. 1, but itdiffers, first, in having the prominent ridge over the eyes, of agreat length; secondly, in the formation of the teeth; thirdly,in having an anal fin, of which the Prickly Hound is destitute;all these circ*mstances concur to prove it a new species.

This was taken at Port Jackson, but to what size it mayusually arrive cannot be determined; perhaps not to a great one,as the teeth appear very complete. Some sharks, however, of anenormous size have been seen and caught thereabouts, though ofwhat sort cannot here be determined.

Port Jackson Shark

WATTS'S SHARK. Genus CXXXI. Squalus.--Lin. Syst.

This, we believe, is a species which has hitherto escaped theresearches of our Icthyologists. The length of the specimen isnineteen inches: the head is broad, and angular in shape; but thebody rounded, and nearly equal in its dimensions for above halfthe length, when it suddenly grows very small, and so continuesto the end of the tail: the colour of the body is brown indifferent shades, and there are three rows of large pale spots,of an irregular shape, most of them dark within; one row passesdown the middle, the others are on each side; besides which thereare others below them less conspicuous. The mouth is placednearer the end of the head than in most of the genus, andfurnished in the front with nine sharp crooked teeth, in threerows, and a great number of small ones on each side. The eyesproject considerably above the rest of the head, and are placedon the upper part of it; the space between is hollowed or sunkin: at the most forward part of the head are two cartilaginousappendages, jagged at the end, with four others, nearly similar,on each side between the first and the breathing holes: thepectoral fins are placed beneath these last; the abdominal aboutthe middle of the body; and the anal, more than half way betweenthe last and the tail; besides which, the under part is finnedfrom that place to the end: on the upper part of the body are twofins, both placed uncommonly far back, as in the figure.

This fish was met with in Sydney Cove, Port Jackson, byLieutenant Watts, and is supposed to be full as voracious as anyof the genus, in proportion to its size; for after having lain onthe deck for two hours, seemingly quiet, on Mr. Watts's dogpassing by, the shark sprung upon it with all the ferocityimaginable, and seized it by the leg; nor could the dog havedisengaged himself had not the people near at hand come to hisassistance.

Watt's Shark

GREAT BROWN KINGSFISHER.--Lath. Syn. ii. p. 603, No. 1.
Order II. Pies. Genus XXIII. Kingsfisher.

The length of this species is from sixteen to eighteen inches:the bill, three inches and an half, or even more; the uppermandible is brown, and the under white, but brown at the base:the head is pretty full of feathers, sufficiently so to form acrest when erected; the colour whitish, and most of the featherseither tipped or crossed with black: the neck and under parts ofthe body are much the same in colour, crossed on the sides withdusky lines: over the forehead the colour is dusky brown, almostblack, passing backwards in an irregular shaped streak a good waybehind the eye: the back, and major part of the wing, is black ordusky, but the middle of the wing is of a glossy blue-green, asis also the lower part of the back and rump: the tail is barredwith pale rust-colour and black, inclining to purple, and towardsthe end whitish: the legs are of a dusky yellow, the claws areblack.

These birds vary much, the colours being more or lessbrilliant, and in some of them the tail is wholly barred withwhite and black, and the legs brown or blackish.

This species inhabits various places in the South Seas, beingpretty common at New Guinea; but the specimen from which ourfigure was taken, was sent from Port Jackson in South Wales,where, likewise, it is not unfrequently met with. We believe ithas not yet been figured in any British work.

Great brown Kingsfisher

KANGUROO.

This very curious animal being naturally an object ofparticular curiosity, we are happy to be enabled, before thisbook is given to the world, to correct some errors which hadcrept into our account and representation of it. In page 149 itis stated, that the Kanguroo has four teeth (by which were meantcutting teeth) in the upper jaw, opposed to two in the under. Thetruth is, that there are six opposed to two, as may be perceivedin the engraved representation of the skeleton of a Kanguroo'shead, inserted at page 168. The same arrangement of teeth takesplace in the Opossum, described in that page, which is there,still more erroneously, said to have only two cutting teethopposed to two. This latter mistake arose from the difficulty ofexamining the mouth of the living animal. It is since dead, andthe teeth are found to be disposed as now stated, and asrepresented in the scull of the Vulpine Opossum, in the sameplate with that of the Kanguroo.

But the most important error is in the position of theKanguroo, as represented in our plate at page 106. The truestanding posture of the Kanguroo is exactly the same as that ofthe Kanguroo Rat, delineated at page 277; namely, with the rumpseveral inches from the ground, (in large specimens, not lessthan eight) and resting entirely on the long last joint of thehinder legs, the whole under side of which is bare and callouslike a hoof. This mistake was occasioned merely by the adherenceof the engraver to the drawing from which he worked; which, amongothers, came from Mr. White, the surgeon at Port Jackson: tooimplicit reliance being placed on an authority which, in thisrespect, turned out delusive.

With respect to the representations of the Kanguroo which havehitherto been published, it may be observed, that nothing iswanting to that in Captain Cook's first voyage, except thecharacter of the toes of the hinder legs, and in particular thedistinguishing of a minute, but very characteristic circ*mstance,in the inner claw of each, which is divided down the middle intotwo, as if split by some sharp instrument. The same remark isapplicable to the plate in Mr. Pennant's History of Quadrupeds,which appears to have been copied from the other. Mr. Pennant wasthe first author who gave a scientific description of theKanguroo, in his History of Quadrupeds, p. 306. No. 184. and ofthe New Holland Opossum, p. 310. No. 188.

Zimmerman, in his Zoologia Geographica, p. 527, confounds theKanguroo with the great Jerboa of Africa, described by Allamand,in his additions to Buffon; and by Mr. Pennant, History ofQuadrupeds, p. 432. No. 293.

Our own plate of the Kanguroo very accurately expresses theform and character of that animal, and is deficient only in theposition, which unfortunately was not remarked till the plate wasworked off, and the book almost ready for delivery.

ANECDOTE OF CAPTAIN COOK AND O'TOO.

As nothing can be devoid of interest which relates to a man sojustly admired as Captain Cook, the reader will probably bepleased to find here, though out of its proper place, an anecdotecommunicated by Mr. Webber. It exhibits in a pleasing point ofview the friendship which subsisted between that great navigatorand the Otaheitean chief O'too, a circ*mstance highly to thehonour of both; since it displays in them the power of discerningreal merit, though obscured by diversity of manners, and that ofbeing able to impress a steady attachment, where nothing more wasto be expected than transient regard. Under every species ofdisparity, goodness of heart supplies both a medium ofattraction, and an indissoluble bond of union.

Every reader must have seen with pleasure the charming proofof O'too's tender and inviolable friendship for Captain Cook,which appears in page 233 of this work; where he is described asattended by a man carrying the portrait of that illustriousEnglishman, without which he never moves from one place toanother. That portrait, as Mr. Webber assures us, was obtained inthe following manner.

O'too, by the Captain's particular desire, sat to Mr. Webber,in order to furnish such a memorial of his features, as mightserve for the subject of a complete whole length picture, on thereturn of the ship to England. When the portrait was finished,and O'too was informed that no more sittings would be necessary,he anxiously enquired of Captain Cook, and Captain Clerke, whatmight be the particular meaning and purpose of this painting. Hewas informed, that it would be kept by Captain Cook, as aperpetual memorial of his person, his friendship, and the manyfavours received from him. He seemed pleased with the idea, andinstantly replied, that, for the very same reasons, a picture ofCaptain Cook would be highly acceptable to him. This answer, sounexpected, and expressed with strong tokens of real attachment,made both Captain Clerke and Mr. Webber his advocates; andCaptain Cook, charmed with the natural sincerity of his manner,complied with his request much more readily than on any otheroccasion he would have granted such a favour.

When the portrait was finished it was framed, and with a box,lock, and key, by which it was secured, was delivered to O'too;who received it with inexpressible satisfaction. He readily, and,as the event has proved, most faithfully promised that he wouldpreserve it always with the utmost care; and would show it to thecommanders of such ships as might in future touch at the SocietyIslands. Who can fail to love a character like that of O'too, inwhich unalterable steadiness of affection is as conspicuous, ashonest and natural ardour? Long may he enjoy his authority andhis health; and preserve the honourable memorial of his friend,without being afflicted by the knowledge of that melancholycatastrophe which terminated the career of his glory!

With respect to the yellow gum, or resin, mentioned in page60, we are informed by Dr. Blane, physician to St. Thomas'sHospital, that he has found it remarkably efficacious in the cureof old fluxes; and this not only in a few instances, but in manyobstinate cases. Of the plants in general which have been broughtfrom Botany Bay, and the adjacent country, no notice has beentaken in this work, as it would have led to such a detail as musttoo considerably have extended its limits. Many of them are nowto be seen in the highest perfection at the nursery gardens ofthat eminent and learned botanist, Mr. Lee, of Hammersmith: whostill retains enough of zeal for his favourite science, to regretthat the discovery of those countries was not made at a period ofhis life, when he could have gone personally to reap the gloriousharvest they afford.

The following account of the weather in Botany Bay and PortJackson, communicated by Lieutenant Watts, may perhaps be foundimportant.

During the seven days we were in Botany Bay the weather wasgenerally fine, and very warm. The thermometer on a mean stood at78°. it never exceeded 80°. and one day, which was thickand rainy, the wind blowing strongly from the south, it fell to63°. In Port Jackson the weather was at first much the same,but afterwards, the days became very hot, and the nightsconstantly brought on tremendous thunder, lightning, and rain.The thermometer, at eleven o'clock in the forenoon, was generallyabout 80°. but when the sea breezes set in it usually felltwo or three degrees. One very sultry day was felt soon after thearrival of the fleet. The thermometer, on board, stood at88°. and on shore, though in the shade, at 92°. On the15th of March was a terrible squall of wind, accompanied bythunder, lightning, and rain. The thermometer then fell from80° to 50°. and in other squalls it frequently fell 15 or20 degrees.

Such are the principal notices hitherto received from the newsettlement on the southern continent, which, if from unavoidablecirc*mstances, they are a little deficient in point of order,will, it is hoped, make ample amends by their novelty,importance, and authenticity.

BLACK FLYING OPOSSUM.
Genus XVII. Didelphis. Lin. Syst. Nat.
Genus XXII. Opossum. Penn. Hist. Quad.

The following is, according to every appearance, a new animalof this genus. The length from the tip of the nose, which ispointed in shape, to the root of the tail, is twenty inches; ofthe tail itself twenty-two inches, at the base quite light,increasing gradually to black at the end: the width across theloins sixteen inches: the ears are large and erect: the coat orfur is of a much richer texture or more delicate than thesea-otter of Cook's River: on the upper parts of the body, atfirst sight, appearing of a glossy black, but on a nicerinspection, is really what the French call petit gris, orminever, being mixed with grey; the under parts are white, and oneach hip may be observed a tan-coloured spot, nearly as big as ashilling; at this part the fur is thinnest, but at the root ofthe tail it is so rich and close that the hide cannot be feltthrough it. The fur is also continued to the claws: the membrane,which is expanded on each side of the body, is situated much asin the grey species, though broader in proportion. The jaws arefurnished with teeth, placed as in some others of this genus: inthe upper jaw forwards are four small cutting teeth, then twocanine ones, and backwards five grinders: the under jaw has twolong large cutting teeth, like the Vulpine Opossum, [See skeletonon the plate at page 168.] five grinders, with no intermediatecanine ones, the space being quite vacant. The fore legs havefive toes on each foot, with a claw on each; the hinder ones fourtoes, with claws, (the three outside ones without any separation)and a thumb without a claw, enabling the animal to use the footas a hand, as many of the opossum tribe are observed to do. Seethe skeleton of the foot in the annexed plate.

This beautiful quadruped inhabits New South Wales. Thespecimen from which the above account has been taken, is a male,and the property of Henry Constantine Nowell, Esq. of Shiplake,in Oxfordshire. The fur of it is so beautiful, and of so rare atexture, that should it hereafter be found in plenty, it mightprobably be thought a very valuable article of commerce.

Black flying Opossum

APPENDIX

Table I. Route of the Alexander, Lieutenant Shortland, fromthe Cape of Good Hope to Botany Bay
Table II. Route of the Supply, Lieut. Ball, after parting withthe Alexander, to Botany Bay
Table III. Route of the Supply, Lieut. Ball, from Port Jackson toNorfolk Island
Table IV. Route of the Supply from Norfolk Island to PortJackson
Table V. Route of the Supply from Port Jackson to Lord HoweIsland, and from thence to Port Jackson
Table VI. Route of the Alexander, Lieut. Shortland, from PortJackson to Batavia
Table VII. Route of the Lady Penrhyn, Capt. Sever, from PortJackson to Otaheite
Table VIII.Route of the Lady Penrhyn, Capt. Sever, from Otaheiteto China
Table IX. Route of the Scarborough, Capt. Marshall, from PortJackson to China

[The first page of the Tables of the Routes taken by ships ofthe First Fleet after leaving Port Jackson is reproduced above. Afurther 52 pages of such tables are not included in thisebook.]

A LIST OF CONVICTS SENT TO NEW SOUTH WALES, IN 1787.Name. Where Convicted. Date Of Conviction. Years.Abel, Robert London 23 Feb. 1785. 7Abrams, HenryAbrahams, Esther London 30 August, 1786 7Abell, Mary, alias Tilley Worcester 5 March, 1785 7Acres, Thomas Exeter 14 March, 1786 7Adams, John London 26 May, 1784 7Adams, Mary Ditto 13 Decem. 1786 7Agley, Richard Winchester 2 March, 1784 7Allen, John Hertford 2 March, 1786 7Allen, William Ormskirk 11 April, 1785 7Allen, Charles London 7 July, 1784 7Allen, Susannah Ditto 18 April, 1787 7Allen, Mary Ditto 25 October, 1786 7Allen, Jamasin, alias Boddington Ditto 25 Oct. 1786 7Allen, Mary, alias Conner Ditto 10 Jan. 1787 7Anderson, John Exeter 20 March, 1786 7Anderson, Elizabeth London 10 Jan. 1787 7Anderson, John Ditto 26 May, 1784 7Anderson, Fanny Winchester 7 March, 1786 7Archer, John London 26 May, 1784 7Arscott, John Bodmin 18 August, 1783 7Atkinson, George London 21 April, 1784 7Ault, Sarah Ditto 21 Feb. 1787 7Ayners, John, alias Agnew Ditto 26 May, 1784 7Ayres John Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Bartlett, James Winchester 1 March, 1785 7Barsby, George Ditto 1 March, 1785 LifeBarnett, Henry, alias Barnard, alias Burton Warwick 21 March, 1785 7Bails, Robert Reading 28 Feb. 1785 LifeBarnes, Stephen York 9 July, 1785 7Bannister, George London 1 April, 1784 7Barferd, John Ditto 14 Decem. 1784 7Barland, George Ditto 7 July, 1784 7Balding, James, alias William Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 7Bason, Elizabeth, wife of William Bason New Sarum 24 July, 1784 7Bayley, James Ditto 11 March, 1786 7Bazley, John Exeter 12 Jan. 1785 7Baker, Thomas Ditto 10 Jan. 1786 7Barrett, Thomas Ditto 24 May, 1784 LifeBatley, Caten Ditto 24 May, 1784 7Barsby, Samuel Ditto 20 March, 1786 7Ball, John Ditto 20 March, 1786 7Barry, John Bristol 23 Novem. 1785 7Barret, DanielBarber, ElizabethBaldwin, Ruth, alias Bowyer London 20 August, 1786 7Baker, Martha Ditto 30 August, 1786 7Bell, William Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Benear, Samuel Ditto 26 May, 1784 7Bellett, Jacob Ditto 12 Jan. 1785 7Beardsley, Ann Derby 5 August, 1786 5Best, JohnBeckford, Elizabeth London 10 Jan. 1787 7Bellamy, Thomas Worcester 9 July, 1785 7Bird, James Croydon 20 July, 1785 7Bird, Samuel Ditto 20 July, 1785 7Bishop, JosephBingham, John, alias BaughanBingham, Elizabeth, alias Mooring LondonBird, Elizabeth, alias Winisred Maidstone 14 March, 1787 7Blackhall, William Abingdon 6 March, 1786 7Blunt, William London 10 Decem. 1783 7Blake, Francis Ditto 26 May, 1784 7Blatherhorn, William Exeter 24 May, 1784 LifeBloedworth, James Kingstone 3 Oct. 1785 7Blanchett, Susannah Ditto 2 April, 1787 7Bond, Peter London 23 Feb. 1785 7Boyle, John London 23 Feb. 1785 7Boggis, WilliamBond, William Exeter 18 July, 1785 7Bond, Mary, wife of John Bond Wells 19 August, 1786 7Boulton, Rebecca Lincoln 16 July, 1784 7Bonner, Jane London 18 April, 1787 7Bolton, Mary Shrewsbury 12 March, 1785 7Brown, James Hertford 2 March, 1785 7Brown, William Southwark 10 Jan. 1786 7Brindley, John Warwick 21 March, 1785 7Brown, Richard Reading 15 July, 1783 7Brough, William Stafford 9 March, 1789 7Bradley, James London 29 June, 1785 7Bradley, James Ditto 6 May, 1784 7Brown, Thomas Ditto 10 Septem. 1783 7Bradbury, William Ditto 10 Septem. 1783 7Bryant, Thomas Maidstone 15 March, 1784 7Bryant, William Launceston 20 March, 1784 7Brown, Thomas Exeter 24 May, 1784 7Bradford, John Ditto 9 Jan. 1786 7Brannegan, James Ditto 24 May, 1784 7Bruce, Robert Ditto 24 May, 1784 7Brown, William Ditto 24 May, 1784 7Bryant, John Ditto 14 March, 1786 7Brewer, William Ditto 20 March, 1786 7Brice, William Bristol 11 Feb. 1785 7Brand, CurtisBryant, MichaelBrand, Lucy, alias Wood London 19 July, 1786 7Branham, Mary Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 7Bruce, Elizabeth Ditto 10 Jan. 1787 7Burleigh, James Ditto 7 July, 1784 7Burn, Peter Ditto 10 Septem. 1783 7Burne, James Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Butler, William Ditto 7 July, 1784 7Buckley, Joseph Dorchester 16 March, 1786 7Burridge, Samuel Ditto 3 August, 1786 7Burn, PatrickBurn, SimonBusley, JohnBunn, Margaret London 26 April, 1786 7Burkitt, Mary Ditto 20 August, 1786 7Burdo, Sarah Ditto 25 Oct. 1786 7Carver, Joseph Maidstone 13 March, 1786 7Castle, James London 7 July, 1784 7Campbell, James, alias George Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 7Campbell, James Guildford 11 August, 1784 7Carney, John Exeter 22 July, 1782 7Carty, Francis Bodmin 14 August, 1786 7Carey, Ann Taunton 30 March, 1786 7Carter, Richard, alias Michael Cartwright Shrewsbury 13 March, 1784 7Cable, HenryCarroll, Mary, wife of James Carroll London 25 Oct. 1786 7Cesar, John Maidstone 14 March, 1785 7Chields, WilliamChaddick, Thomas London 7 July, 1784 7Church, William Dorchester 16 March, 1786 7Chaaf, William Exeter 20 March, 1786 7Chinery, Samuel Ditto 7 August, 1786 7Chanin, Edward Ditto 7 August, 1786 7Clough, Richard Durham 19 July, 1785 7Clements, Thomas London 7 July, 1784 7Clark, John, alias Hosier Ditto 6 April, 1785 7Clark, William Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Clarke, John Exeter 7 August, 1786 7Cleaver, Mary Bristol 4 April, 1786 7Clear, GeorgeClark, ElizabethConnelly, William Bristol 3 Feb. 1785 7Cormick, Edward Hertford 2 March, 1786 7Corden, James Warwick 21 March, 1785 7Colling, Joseph London 7 July, 1784 7Cole, William Ditto 7 July, 1784 7Cox, John Matthew Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 7Collier, Richard Kingstone 24 March, 1784 7Connolly, William Bodmin 14 August, 1786 7Conelly, Cornelius Exeter 7 August, 1786 7Colman, Ishmael Dorchester 16 March, 1786 7Coffin, John Exeter 9 Jan. 1786 7Cole, Elizabeth Ditto 20 March, 1786 7Cox, James Ditto 24 May, 1784 LifeCopp, James Ditto 20 March, 1786 7Coombes, Ann, wife of Samuel Coombes Taunton 30 March, 1786 7Cole, Elizabeth London 26 April, 1786 7Colley, Elizabeth London 23 Feb. 1785 14Cooke, Charlotte Ditto 10 Jan. 1787 7Cooper, Mary Worcester 19 July, 1785 7Colpitts, Ann Durham 2 Oct. 1786 7Cross, John New Sarum 25 March, 1785 7Cropper, John London 14 Decem. 1784 7Cross, William Coventry 21 March, 1783 7Creamer, John Exeter 12 Jan. 1785 7Creek, Jane London 14 Septem. 1785 7Cunningham, Edward Ditto 7 July, 1784 7Cullen, James Bryen Ditto 6 April, 1785 7Cullyhorn, John Exeter 22 July, 1782 7Cudlip, Jacob, alias Norris Bodmin 25 July, 1785 7Cuss, John, alias Hanaboy New Sarum 11 March, 1786 7Cuckow, WilliamDavis, Aaron Bristol 29 March, 1785 7Day, Richard Reading 24 July, 1786 7Davies, Edward Stafford 27 July, 1785 7Day, Samuel Glocester 23 March, 1785 14Davis, Samuel Ditto 13 July, 1785 7Davis, WilliamDavis, James London 8 Decem. 1784 7Daniells, Daniel Ditto 6 May, 1784 7Daley, James Ditto 26 May, 1784 7Davidson, John Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 7Davis, William Brecon 15 July 1785 LifeDavis RichardDaley, Ann, wife of Gore Daley, alias Ann Warburton Nether Knutsford 3 Oct1786 7Darnell, Margaret London 18 April, 1787 7Davis, Ann Ditto 26 April, 1786 7Dalton, Elizabeth Ditto 14 Sept. 1785 7Davidson, Rebecca, wife of Robert Davidson Ditto 25 Oct. 1786 7Dawson, Margaret Ditto 10 Jan. 1787 7Davis, Frances Chelmsford 6 March, 1786 14Davies, Sarah Worcester 2 August, 1783 7Davies, Mary Shrewsbury 12 March, 1785 7Dennison, Michael Poole 15 April, 1785 7Denison, Barnaby Bristol 30 April, 1783 7Delany, PatrickDickson, Thomas, alias Ralph Raw Durham 19 July, 1785 7Discall, Timothy Bodmin 25 July, 1785 7Dixon, Mary London 31 May, 1786 7Dickenson, Mary Southwark 8 Jan. 1787 7Douglas, William Lincoln 9 July, 1785 7Dowland, Ferdinand London 23 Feb. 1785 7Dodding, James, alias DoringDring, William Kingston upon Hull 7 Oct. 1784 7Dunnage, Joseph London 21 April, 1784 LifeDudgens, ElizabethDundass, Jane London 18 April, 1787 7Dutton, Ann Ditto 26 April, 1786 7Deyer, Leonard Southwark 10 Jan. 1786 7Dykes, Mary London 26 April, 1786 7Earle, William New Sarum 5 March, 1785 7Eagleton, William, alias Bones Kingston 22 March, 1786 7Eaton, Mary, alias ShephardEarly, Rachel Reading 24 July, 1786 7Eaton, MarthaEccles, Thomas Guildford 22 July, 1782 LifeEdmunds, William Monmouth 21 March, 1785 7Edwards, WilliamEggleston, George Maidstone 13 March, 1786 7Ellam, Peter Ormskirk 18 July, 1785 7Elliot, William Croydon 18 August, 1783 7Elliot, Joseph Bristol 24 Nov. 1784 7Ellam, Deborah Chester 30 August, 1784 7English, Nicholas London 8 Decem. 1784 7Everett, John Hertford 2 March, 1786 7Everingham, Matthew London 7 July, 1784 7Evans, Williams Shrewsbury 12 March, 1785 7Evans, Elizabeth London 13 Decem. 1786 7Farrell, Phillip London 15 Sep. 1784 7Farley, William Bristol 10 Feb. 1785 7Farmer, Ann LondonFentum, Benjamin Ditto 10 Oct. 1783 7Ferguson, John Exeter 20 March, 1786 7Fillesey, Thomas Bristol 29 April, 1783 7Fitzgerald, Jane, alias Phillips Ditto 4 April, 1786 7Field, WilliamFinlow, John, alias HerveyField, Jane LondonFitzgerald, Elizabeth Ditto 13 Decem. 1786 7Flyn, EdwardFlarty, Phebe London 21 Feb. 1787 7Fowkes, Francis Ditto 13 Decem. 1785 7Forrester, Robert Ditto 10 Sept. 1783 7Foyle, William New Sarum 9 July, 1785 7Fowles, Ann London 6 April, 1785 7Fownes, Margaret Shrewsbury 4 August, 1784 7Forbes, Ann Kingston 2 April, 1787 7Freeman, James Hertford 3 March, 1784 7Freeman, Robert London 10 Decem. 1784 7Francis, William Ditto 14 Decem. 1784 7Francisco, George Ditto 8 Decem. 1784 7Fry, GeorgeFryer, Catherine, alias PriorFraser, William Manchester Jan. 1787 7Fraser, Ellen Ditto Jan. 1787 7Fuller, John Ditto 15 March, 1784 7Gardner, Francis London 21 April, 1784 7Garth, Edward Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 7Garland, Francis Exeter 24 May, 1784 7Garth, Susannah, alias GrathGabel, Mary Southwark 13 Jan. 1784 7Gascoygne, Olive Worcester 5 March, 1785 7Gearing, Thomas Oxford 8 March, 1786 LifeGess, George Glocester 24 March, 1784 7George, Anne London 11 May, 1785 7Glenton, Thomas Northallerton 5 April, 1785 7Gloster, William London 29 June, 1785 7Gordon, Daniel Winchester 5 April, 1785 7Goodwin, Edward London 21 April, 1784 7Goodwin, Andrew Ditto 7 July, 1784 7Gould, John Exeter 20 March, 1786 7Gray, Charles Southwark 16 Feb. 1785 7Griffiths, Samuel, alias Briscow, alias Butcher Gloucester 24 March, 1784 7Greenwell, Nicholas London 10 Decem. 1784 7Green, John Reading 11 July, 1786 7Griffiths, Thomas London 15 Septem. 1784 7Granger, Charles Plymouth 20 Decem. 1786 7Grace, JamesGreen, HannahGroves, Mary Lincoln 9 July, 1785 7Green, Mary London 18 August, 1787 7Green, Ann Ditto 13 Decem. 1786 7Greenwood, Mary Ditto 13 Decem. 1786 7Gunter, William Bristol 4 August, 1783 7Handford, John Winchester 1 March, 1785 7Hatcher, John Ditto 1 March, 1785 7Hatfield, William Maidstone 14 March, 1785 7Hawkes, Richard Reading 28 July, 1785 7Harris, William Maidstone 11 July, 1785 7Hatch, John Reading 10 Jan. 1786 7Hartley, John Oxford 2 March, 1785 7Hart, John Stafford 27 July, 1785 7Haines, Joseph Gloucester 13 July, 1785 7Hathaway, Henry Ditto 24 March, 1784 7Hayes, Dennis London 10 Decem. 1784 7Hall, Samuel Ditto 12 March, 1785 7Harbine, JosephHarper, Joshua London 10 Septem. 1783 7Hayton, George, alias Clayton Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Harrison, Joseph Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Hart, John Ditto 12 Jan. 1785 7Harris, John Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 LifeHayes, John Guildford 11 August, 1784 7Hattom, JosephHarrison, JosephHamlin, William Exeter 12 Jan. 1784 7Hall, Joseph Ditto 12 Jan. 1784 LifeHall, John Ditto 24 May, 1784 7Hadon, John DittoHares, WilliamHandy, CooperHaynes, WilliamHervey, ElizabethHall, MargaretHart, FrancesHarrison, Mary Lincoln 6 March, 1784 7Heading, James Chelmsford 7 March, 1785 LifeHeadington, Thomas Abingdon 7 July, 1785 7Herbert, John London 21 April, 1784 7Hart, Catherine Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 7Herbert, John Exeter 14 March, 1786 7Handland, Dorothy, alias Gray London 22 Feb. 1786 7Hall, Sarah Ditto 10 Jan. 1787 7Hamilton, Maria Ditto 19 October, 1785 7Harrison, Mary Ditto 19 October, 1785 7Harwood, Esther, alias Howard Ditto 20 August, 1786 7Hayward, Elizabeth Ditto 10 Jan. 1787 7Hall, Elizabeth Newcastle 18 Jan. 1786 7Herbert, Jane, alias Rose, alias Jenny Russell London 30 August, 1786 7Henry, Catherine Ditto 10 Jan. 1787 7Hill, John Maidstone 14 March, 1785 LifeHindley, William, alias Platt Ormskirk 18 July, 1785 7Hindle, Ottiwell Preston 6 Oct. 1785 7Hill, John London 6 May, 1784 7Hill, Thomas Ditto 7 July, 1784 7Hilt, William Exeter 18 July, 1785 LifeHill, Thomas 7Hipsley, Elizabeth London 23 Feb. 1785 7Hill, Mary Ditto 25 Oct. 1786 7Hollister, Job Bristol 10 Feb. 1785 7Hawell, Thomas Stafford 5 Oct. 1785 7Holmes, William London 7 July, 1784 7Holloway, James Ditto 24 Aug. 1784 7Howard, Thomas Ditto 12 Jan. 1785 7Hogg, William Ditto 23 Feb. 1786 14Howard, John Ditto 23 July, 1783 7Hortop, James Exeter 20 March, 1786 7Holland, William Ditto 7 August, 1786 7Holmes, SusannahHollogin, Elizabeth London 18 April, 1787 7Hughes, Hugh Southwark 16 Feb. 1785 7Humphrey, Edward London 8 Decem. 1784 7Husband, William Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Hughes, John Maidstone 15 March, 1784 7Hurley, Jeremiah Exeter 22 July, 1782 7Hubbard, WilliamHumphreys, Henry Exeter 20 March, 1786 7Hughes, ThomasHudson, JohnHussey, JamesHughes, Frances Ann Lancaster 6 March, 1787 7Hussnell, Susannah Worcester 2 Oct. 1786 7Humphries, MaryHylids, Thomas Guildford 1 Aug. 1784 7Jackson, William Durham 19 July, 1785 7Jacobs, David London 20 Oct. 1784 7Jacobs, John Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Jackson, Hannah Bristol 27 July, 1785 7Jameson, JamesJackson, Jane, alias Esther Roberts London 29 June, 1785 7Jackson, Mary Ditto 20 August, 1786 7Jeffries, Robert Devizes 5 April, 1785 7Jefferies, John Maidstone 11 July, 1785 7Jenkins, Robert, alias Brown Ditto 13 March, 1786 7Jepp, John London 10 Decem. 1784 7Jenkins, William Exeter 20 March, 1786 7Ingram, Benjamin London 8 Decem. 1784 7Inett, Ann Worcester 11 March, 1786 7Jones, Francis Winchester 12 July, 1785 7Jones, Thomas Warwick 21 March, 1785 7Johnson, Charles Manchester 14 April, 1785 7Jones, Edward London 15 Septem. 1784 7Josephs, Thomas Ditto 10 Septem. 1783 7Johnson, William Kingston 24 March, 1784 7Johns, Stephen Launceston 25 March, 1786 7Jones, Margaret Ditto 8 March, 1783 14Johnson, Edward Dorchester 16 March, 1786 7Jones, John Exeter 24 May, 1784 14Jones, William Shrewsbury 12 March, 1785 7Jones, Richard Ditto 4 August, 1784 7Jones, Thomas Bristol 30 March, 1784 14Johnson, Catherine London 18 April, 1787 7Johnson, Mary Ditto 26 April, 1786 7Irvine, John, alias Aderson, alias Law Lincoln 6 March, 1784 7Kelly, Thomas Pontefract 13 Jan. 1785 7Kellan, John, alias Keeling London 10 Septem. 1783 LifeKennedy, Martha Kingston 2 April, 1787 7Kidney, Thomas Bristol 20 Oct. 1783 7Kilby, William Reading 16 Jan. 1784 7King, John London 21 April, 1784 7Kilpack, David Ditto 10 Septem. 1783 LifeKimberley, Edward Coventry 20 March, 1783 7Knowler, John Maidstone 14 March, 1785 7Knowland, AndrewLankey, David London 26 May, 1784 7Lane, Richard Winchester 2 March, 1784 7Lawrell, John Bodmin 18 August, 1783 7Lane, William Chelmsford 8 July, 1784 7Larne, James Exeter 12 July, 1785 7Lambeth, John Bristol 31 May, 1785 7Lavell, HenryLara, Flora LondonLayco*ck, Carolina DittoLangley, Jane Ditto 14 Sept. 1785 7Lawrence, Mary Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 7Lemon, Isaac Chelmsford 7 March, 1785 7Levy, Joseph London 6 May, 1784 7Leary, John Winchester 3 March, 1783 7Legg, George Dorchester 16 March, 1786 7Leary, Jeremiah Bristol 30 March, 1784 14Legrove, StephenLee, Elizabeth London 23 Feb. 1785 7Lewis, Sophia Ditto 25 Oct. 1786 7Leonard, Elizabeth Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 7Levy, Amelia Southwark 9 Jan. 1787 7List, George, London 10 Septem. 1783 LifeLimeburner, John New Sarum 9 July, 1785 7Limpus, Thomas Exeter 24 May, 1784 LifeLightfoot, Samuel Ditto 14 March, 1786 7Longstreet, Joseph Marlborough 5 Oct. 1784 7Long, Joseph Glocester 23 March, 1785 14Lockley, John London 10 Jan. 1787 7Long, Mary Ditto 21 Feb. 1787 LifeLove, Mary Maidstone 14 March, 1785 7Lock, Elizabeth Gloucester 26 March, 1783 7Lucas, Nathaniel London 7 July, 1784 7Lynch, Humphry New Sarum 25 March, 1785 7Lynch, Ann Bristol 20 March, 1786 14Lyde, JohnMay, Richard New Sarum 25 March, 1785 7Martin, Stephen Bristol 28 April, 1783 7Mansfield, John Chelmsford 6 March, 1786 7M'Lean, Francis Guildford 11 August, 1784 7M'Lean, Thomas Ditto 11 August, 1784 7Maton, Thomas Maidstone 11 July, 1785 7M'Donnaugh, James Ditto 11 July, 1785 7Mariner, William Oxford 8 March, 1786 7Marrott, John Gloucester 24 March, 1784 7M'Laughlin, Charles Durham 19 July, 1785 7Macintire, John Ditto 19 July, 1785 7Martin, John London 3 July, 1782 7M'Donald, Alexander Ditto 10 Decem. 1784 7Marney, William Ditto 7 July, 1784 7Marshall, Joseph Ditto 21 April, 1784 14M'Lean, Edward Maidstone 15 March, 1784 7Martin, Abraham New Sarum 11 March, 1786 7Martin, Thomas Exeter 24 May, 1784 7Martyn, James Ditto 20 March, 1786 7M'Cormick, Sarah Manchester 4 May, 1786 7M'Cormack, Mary Liverpool 12 Aug. 1784 7Mason, Betty Gloucester 23 March, 1785 14M'Grah, RedmanM'Deed, RichardM'Na Mar, WilliamMackrie, JamesMarriott, Jane London 18 April, 1787 7Mather, Ann Ditto 18 April, 1787 7Mather, Mather Ditto 18 April, 1787 7Mason, Susannah, alias Gibbs DittoM'Cabe, Eleanor Ditto 11 May, 1785 7Marshall, Mary Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 LifeMarshall, Mary Ditto 10 Jan. 1787 7Martin, Ann Southwark 9 Jan. 1787 7Meynell, John, alias William Radford Nottingham 10 March, 1785 7Messiah, JacobMeech, Jane, wife of William Meech Exeter 20 March, 1786 7Milton, Charles Maidstone 14 March, 1785 7Midgley, Samuel Lancaster 22 March, 1785 7Middleton, Richard London 23 Feb. 1785 7Mitchell Nathaniel Dorchester 3 August, 1786 7Mills MatthewMitchcraft, Mary Kingston 2 April, 1787 7Mitchell, Mary Ditto 3 Oct. 1785 7Morris, Peter Bristol 12 July, 1784 7Mowbray, John Lincoln 5 March, 1785 7Morgan, Richard Glocester 23 March, 1785 7Morrisby, John London 7 July, 1784 7Moore, William Ditto 21 Jan. 1785 7Morley, John Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Moorin, John Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Morgan, Robert Ditto 6 May, 1784 7Mobbs, Samuel Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Morgan, William Ditto 15 Septem. 1784 7Mould, William Guildford 11 August, 1784 7Mollands, John Launceston 20 March, 1784 7Moyle, Edward Ditto 19 March, 1785 7Mood, CharlesMortimore, John Exeter 20 March, 1786 7Morley, JosephMorton, Mary London 23 Feb. 1785 7Mullock, Jesse New Sarum 25 March, 1785 7Murphy, William Liverpool 26 Jan. 1785 7Munroe, John, alias Nurse London 21 April, 1784 7Mullis, Stephen Exeter 12 Jan. 1785 7Murphy, James 7Munro, Lydia Kingston 2 April, 1787 14Mullens, Hannah London 10 Jan. 1787 LifeNettleton, Robert Kingston upon Hull 12 October, 1784 7Newland, John London 21 April, 1784 7Neal, John Ditto 26 May, 1784 7Neal, James Bristol 10 Feb. 1785 7Needham, Elizabeth London 19 July, 1786 7Nicholls, John Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Norton, Phebe Ditto 25 Oct. 1786 7Nunn, Robert Ditto 7 July, 1784 7O'Craft, John Exeter 24 May, 1784 7Ogden, James Manchester 20 Jan. 1785 7Okey, William Gloucester 24 March, 1784 7Oldfield, Thomas Manchester 20 July, 1786 7Oldfield, Isabella Ditto 20 July, 1786 7Opley, Peter Maidstone 13 March, 1786 7Orford, Thomas London 7 July, 1784 7Osborne, Thomas Ditto 14 Decem. 1784 7Osborne, Elizabeth, alias Jones Ditto 30 August, 1786 7Owles, John Croydon 20 July, 1785 7Owen, John London 10 Septem. 1783 7Owen, Joseph Shrewsbury 12 March, 1785 14Page, Paul Lincoln 11 March, 1786 7Pane, William Nottingham 10 March, 1785 7Parry, Edward Stafford 27 July, 1785 7Parr, William Liverpool 17 Jan. 1785 7Palmer, John Herry London 10 Jan. 1786 7Parker, John Ditto 1 April, 1784 7Parish, William Ditto 20 Oct. 1784 7Partridge, Richard Ditto 10 Sep. 1783 LifeParris, Peter Exeter 17 March, 1783 7Paget, Joseph Ditto 10 Jan. 1786 7Parkinson, Jane, alias Partington, alias Ann Marsden Manchester 21 July, 1785 7Parker, Elizabeth Gloucester 23 March, 1785 7Parsley, Ann London 21 Feb. 1787 7Parker, Mary Ditto 26 April, 1786 7Partridge, Sarah, alias Roberts Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 7Parry, Sarah Ditto 10 Jan. 1787 LifePerrot, Edward Bearcroft Bristol 3 Feb. 1785 7Petrie, John London 14 Jan. 1784 7Peyton, Samuel Ditto 26 May, 1785 7Percival, Richard Ditto 7 July, 1784 7Pettitt, John Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Peaulet, James Ditto 7 July, 1784 7Peet, Charles Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 LifePeck, Joshua Exeter 20 March, 1786 7Perkins, Edward Plymouth 26 Jan. 1785 7Petherick, John Plymouth 26 Jan. 1785 7Penny, John 7Phillimore, William London 10 Sept. 1783 7Phillips, Richard Ditto 10 Decem. 1783 7Phillips, Mary Taunton 30 March, 1786 7Phyfield, Roger, alias Twyfield Shrewsbury 12 March, 1785 7Phyn, Mary London 14 Septem. 1785 7Pigott, Samuel Exeter 20 March, 1786 7Pinder, Mary Lincoln 13 Jan. 1787 7Pipkin, Elizabeth London 7Piles, Mary Ditto 6 April, 1785 7Pope, David Southwark 16 Feb. 1785 7Power, John London 14 Decem. 1786 7Pontie, John Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 LifePoole, Jane Wells 19 August, 1786 7Power, WilliamPowley, ElizabethPowell, Ann London 13 Decem. 1786 7Price, John Southwark 16 Feb. 1785 7Prior, Thomas Reading 16 Jan. 1784 7Price, James Gloucester 13 July, 1785 7Pritchard, ThomasPugh, Edward Gloucester 5 Oct. 1784 7Randall, John Manchester 14 April, 1785 7Reymond, George London 12 Jan. 1785 7Ramsey, John Kingston 24 March, 1784 7Repeat, Charles Warwick 21 March, 1785 7Read, William Croydon 18 August, 1783 7Reardon, Bartholemew Winchester 15 July, 1783 7Read, Ann London 23 Feb. 1785 LifeRisdale, Thomas, alias Crowder Bristol 29 March, 1785 LifeRichard, James East Grinstead 20 March, 1786 7Richardson, James Maidstone 14 March, 1785 7Risby, Edward Gloucester 24 March, 1784 7Richardson, William London 10 Decem. 1784 7Richardson, Hardwicke Ditto 25 Oct. 1785 7Richardson, John Ditto 7 July, 1784 7Richard, David Ditto 26 May, 1784 7Richardson, Samuel Ditto 15 Septem. 1784 7Rickson, William Chelmsford 8 July, 1784 7Richards, John, alias Williams Winchester 2 March, 1784 7Richard, James Launceston 25 March, 1786 7Rice, John Exeter 18 July, 1785 7Rope, Anthony Chelmsford 7 March, 1785 7Rogers, Daniel Croydon 20 July, 1785 7Robinson, George Lincoln 9 July, 1785 7Rogers, Isaac Gloucester 23 March, 1785 14Robinson, Thomas Kingston upon Hull 7 Oct. 1784 7Robert, John Liverpool 26 Jan. 1785 7Robinson, George London 21 April, 1784 7Romain, John, Ditto 15 Septem. 1784 7Rowe, John Launceston 19 March, 1785 7Rowe, William Ditto 19 March, 1785 7Roberts, William Bodmin 14 August, 1786 7Robinson, William Exeter 24 May, 1784 7Roach, Henry Ditto 24 May, 1784 7Robins, John, alias Major Ditto 18 July, 1785 7Rous, Walton, alias BatleyRolt, Mary LondonRosson, Isabella Ditto 10 Jan. 1787 7Russel, John Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Ruglass, John Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 LifeRussler, John Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 LifeRuce, James Bodmin 29 July, 1782 7Ruth, Robert Exeter 14 March, 1786 7Ryan, JohnSaltmarsh, William Kingston 28 March, 1785 7Sanderson, Thomas Lincoln 9 July, 1785 7Sands, William Ditto 9 July, 1785 7Sampson, Peter London 7 July, 1784 7Sandlin, Ann, alias Lynes, alias Pattens Ditto 13 Decem. 1786 7Scattergood, Robert Stafford 6 Oct. 1785 7Scott, Elizabeth London 21 Feb. 1787 7Selshire, Samuel Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Seymour, John Sherborne 25 April, 1786 7Shearman, William Reading 7 Oct. 1785 7Shaw, Joseph Stafford 27 July, 1785 7Shepherd, Robert Durham 19 July, 1785 7Sharpe, George Ditto 19 July, 1785 7Shore, William Lancaster 22 March, 1785 7Shore, JohnShiers, James London 23 Feb. 1785 LifeSilverthorn, John New Sarum 6 March, 1784 7Sideway, RobertSlater, Sarah London 23 Feb. 1785 7Smart, Richard Gloucester 10 Jan. 1786 7Smart, Daniel Ditto 10 Jan. 1786 7Smith, Thomas Lancaster 22 March, 1785 7Smith, William Liverpool 26 Jan. 1785 7Smith, Edward London 15 Oct. 1784 7Smith, William Ditto 10 April, 1783 7Smith, Thomas, alias Haynes Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Smith, James Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 7Smith, John Guildford 11 August, 1784 7Smith, William Bodmin 25 July, 1785 7Smith, Ann, wife of John Smith Winchester 1 March, 1785 7Smith, Hannah Ditto 5 April, 1785 7Smith, William Dorchester 16 March, 1786 7Smith, Edward Exeter 14 March, 1786 7Smith, John Ditto 14 March, 1786 7Small, John Ditto 14 March, 1786 7Smith, Ann London 18 April, 1787 7Smith, Catherine Ditto 18 April, 1787 7Smith, Ann Ditto 30 August, 1786 7Smith, Catherine Ditto 10 Jan. 1787 7Smith, Mary Ditto 10 Jan. 1787 7Snaleham, William Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Sparks, HenrySpencer, Daniel Dorchester 3 August, 1786 14Spencer, John, alias PearceSpence, Mary Wigan Jan. 1786 5Sprigmore, Charlotte London 19 August, 1785 7Springham, Mary Ditto 25 October, 1786 7Squires, James Kingston 11 April, 1785 7Stanley, William New Sarum 25 March, 1785 7Strong, James Dorchester 10 March, 1784 7Stow, James Lincoln 9 July, 1785 7Stone, Martin Warwick 21 March, 1785 7Stokee, John Durham 19 July, 1785 7Stone, Charles London 10 Decem. 1784 7Stone, Henry Ditto 10 Decem. 1784 7Stogdell, John Ditto 20 Decem. 1784 14Stuart, James Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Stanton, Thomas, alias Ebden Launceston 20 March, 1784 7Stephens, John Morris Dorchester 16 March, 1786 7Stewart, Margaret Exeter 28 August, 1786 7Strech, Thomas Shrewsbury 16 August, 1783 7Summers, John Gloucester 13 July, 1784 7Taylor, Joshua Manchester 14 Oct. 1784 7Taylor, HenryTaylor, Sarah Kingston 2 April, 1787 7Tenant, Thomas Hilton, alias Phillip Divine Chelmsford 6 March, 1786 7Teague, Cornelius Bodmin 25 July, 1785 7Tenchall, James, alias TenninghillThompson, William Durham 19 July, 1785 7Thomas, James London 10 Decem. 1784 7Thompson, James Ditto 7 July, 1784 7Thomas, James Ditto 10 Septem. 1783 7Thomas, John Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Thompson, William Ditto 26 May, 1784 7Thackery, Elizabeth Manchester 4 May, 1786 7Thoudy, JamesThomas, Elizabeth Wigan Jan. 1787 7Thornton, Ann London 13 Decem. 1786 7Tunmins, Thomas Warwick 21 March, 1785 7Tilley, Thomas Stafford 27 July, 1785 7Till, Thomas London 23 Feb. 1785 7Todd, Nicholas Ditto 21 April, 1784 7Trotter, Joseph Maidstone 13 March, 1786 7Trace, John Exeter 20 March, 1786 7Trippett, Susannah London 20 August, 1786 7Turner, Ralph Manchester 14 April, 1785 7Tuso, Joseph London 23 Feb. 1785 LifeTurner, JohnTucker, Moses Plymouth 7 June, 1786 7Turner, ThomasTurner, JohnTurner, Mary Worcester 5 March, 1785 7Twyneham, William Reading 10 Jan. 1786 7Twyfield, Ann, since said to be married to William Dawley, a convict Shrewsbury 4 August, 1784 7Tyrrell, William Winchester 1 March, 1785 7Vandell, Edward East Grinstead 22 March, 1784 7Vincent, Henry London 21 April, 1784 7Vickery, William Exeter 20 March, 1786 7Underwood, James New Sarum 11 March, 1786 14Usher, John Maidstone 14 March, 1785 7Waterhouse, William Kingston 28 March, 1785 7Watsan, John Maidstone 13 March, 1786 7Ward, John Lowth 11 July, 1786 7Wall, William Oxford 8 March, 1786 7Wager, Benjamin London 20 Oct. 1784 7Walsh, William Ditto 15 Septem. 1784 7Walker, John Ditto 20 Oct. 1784 7Walbourne, James Ditto 10 Septem. 1783 7Watson, Thomas Exeter 20 March, 1786 7Ware, CharlotteeWatkins, MaryWainwright, Ellen, alias Estther Eccles Preston Jan. 1787 7Ward, Ann London 19 Decem. 1786 7Wade, Mary, alias Cacklane Ditto 19 July, 1786 14Welch, James Maidstone 14 March, 1785 7Welch, John Durham 19 July, 1785 7West, Benjamin London 10 Decem. 1784 7Westwood, John Ditto 20 October, 1784 7Welch, John Ditto 26 May, 1784 7Welch, John Ditto 10 Septem. 1783 LifeWestlale, Edward Exeter 20 March, 1786 7Waddicomb, Richard Ditto 20 March, 1786 7Wheeler, Samuel Croydon 20 July, 1785 7Whitaker, George Maidstone 14 March, 1785 7Whiting, William Gloucester 23 March, 1785 7Whitton, Edward Maidstone 10 March, 1783 LifeWhite, James Ditto 11 August, 1783 7Wilco*cks, Samuel Dorcester 10 March, 1784 7Wilton, William Bristol 12 Jan. 1784 7Wilson, Peter Manchester 20 Jan. 1785 7Wilson, John Wigan 10 Oct. 1785 7Williams, Charles London 7 July, 1784 7Williams, James Ditto 11 May, 1785 7Wilson, Charles Ditto 10 Septem. 1783 LifeWilliams, John, alias Black Jack Maidstone 2 August, 1784 7Williams, Robert Launceston 25 March, 1786 7Williams, John, alias Floyd Bodmin 18 August, 1783 7Wilding, John, alias Warren Bury 23 March, 1784 7Wickham, Mary New Sarum 2 August, 1788 14Williams, Peter, alias Flaggett, alias Creamer Exeter 24 May, 1784 7Wilco*cks, Richard Ditto 20 March, 1786 7Williams, John Ditto 7 August, 1786 7Wisehammer, John Bristol 10 Feb. 1785 7Williams, Daniel Preston 23 March, 1785 7Williams, Frances Mold 2 Septem. 1783 7Williams, Mary London 22 Feb. 1786 7Wood, George Ditto 20 Oct. 1784 7Woodco*ck, Peter Ditto 7 July, 1784 7Woodham, Samuel Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 LifeWorsdell, William Launceston 22 March, 1783 7Woolcot, John Exeter 18 July, 1785 LifeWoodco*ck, Francis Shrewsbury 13 March, 1784 7Wood, MarkWright, Thomas Reading 28 Feb. 1785 7Wright, Benjamin London 6 May, 1784 7Wright, Joseph Ditto 26 May, 1784 7Wright, William Ditto 15 Sept. 1783 7Wright, James Maidstone 11 August, 1783 7Wright, Ann London 23 Feb. 1785 7Yardsley, Thomas, Shrewsbury 4 August, 1784 7Yates, Nancy York 9 July, 1785 7Young, John London 20 Oct. 1784 7Young, Simon Ditto 23 Feb. 1785 7Youngson, Elizabeth Lancaster 6 March, 1787 7Youngson, George Ditto 6 March, 1787 7

The End

End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Voyage Of Governor Phillip ToBotany Bay, by Arthur Phillip*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK VOYAGE TO BOTANY BAY ******** This file should be named 15100-h.htm or 15100-h.zip *****This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: http://www.gutenberg.net/1/5/1/0/15100/Produced by Col ChoatUpdated editions will replace the previous one--the old editionswill be renamed.Creating the works from public domain print editions means that noone owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States withoutpermission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply tocopying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works toprotect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. ProjectGutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if youcharge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If youdo not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with therules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purposesuch as creation of derivative works, reports, performances andresearch. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may dopractically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution issubject to the trademark license, especially commercialredistribution.*** START: FULL LICENSE ***THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSEPLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORKTo protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the freedistribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "ProjectGutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full ProjectGutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online athttp://gutenberg.net/license).Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tmelectronic works1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tmelectronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree toand accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by allthe terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroyall copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a ProjectGutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by theterms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person orentity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only beused on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people whoagree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a fewthings that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic workseven without complying with the full terms of this agreement. Seeparagraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with ProjectGutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreementand help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronicworks. See paragraph 1.E below.1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of ProjectGutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in thecollection are in the public domain in the United States. If anindividual work is in the public domain in the United States and you arelocated in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you fromcopying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivativeworks based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenbergare removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the ProjectGutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works byfreely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms ofthis agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated withthe work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement bykeeping this work in the same format with its attached full ProjectGutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also governwhat you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are ina constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, checkthe laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreementbefore downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing orcreating derivative works based on this work or any other ProjectGutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerningthe copyright status of any work in any country outside the UnitedStates.1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediateaccess to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominentlywhenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which thephrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "ProjectGutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,copied or distributed:This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and withalmost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away orre-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License includedwith this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derivedfrom the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it isposted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copiedand distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any feesor charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a workwith the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on thework, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and theProject Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or1.E.9.1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is postedwith the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distributionmust comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additionalterms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linkedto the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with thepermission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tmLicense terms from this work, or any files containing a part of thiswork or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute thiselectronic work, or any part of this electronic work, withoutprominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 withactive links or immediate access to the full terms of the ProjectGutenberg-tm License.1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including anyword processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to ordistribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official versionposted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net),you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide acopy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy uponrequest, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or otherform. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tmLicense as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm worksunless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providingaccess to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works providedthat- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm works.- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of receipt of the work.- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tmelectronic work or group of works on different terms than are setforth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing fromboth the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and MichaelHart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact theFoundation as set forth in Section 3 below.1.F.1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerableeffort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofreadpublic domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tmcollection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronicworks, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate orcorrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectualproperty infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, acomputer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read byyour equipment.1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Rightof Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the ProjectGutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the ProjectGutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a ProjectGutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim allliability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legalfees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICTLIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSEPROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THETRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BELIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE ORINCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCHDAMAGE.1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover adefect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you canreceive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending awritten explanation to the person you received the work from. If youreceived the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium withyour written explanation. The person or entity that provided you withthe defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of arefund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entityproviding it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity toreceive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copyis also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without furtheropportunities to fix the problem.1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forthin paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHERWARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOWARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain impliedwarranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates thelaw of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall beinterpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted bythe applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of anyprovision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, thetrademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyoneproviding copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordancewith this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you door cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tmwork, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to anyProject Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tmProject Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution ofelectronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computersincluding obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It existsbecause of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations frompeople in all walks of life.Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with theassistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm'sgoals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection willremain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the ProjectGutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secureand permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundationand how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary ArchiveFoundationThe Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of thestate of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the InternalRevenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identificationnumber is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted athttp://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project GutenbergLiterary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extentpermitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scatteredthroughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, emailbusiness@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contactinformation can be found at the Foundation's web site and officialpage at http://pglaf.orgFor additional contact information: Dr. Gregory B. Newby Chief Executive and Director gbnewby@pglaf.orgSection 4. Information about Donations to the Project GutenbergLiterary Archive FoundationProject Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission ofincreasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can befreely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widestarray of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exemptstatus with the IRS.The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulatingcharities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the UnitedStates. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes aconsiderable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep upwith these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locationswhere we have not received written confirmation of compliance. ToSEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for anyparticular state visit http://pglaf.orgWhile we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where wehave not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibitionagainst accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states whoapproach us with offers to donate.International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot makeany statements concerning tax treatment of donations received fromoutside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donationmethods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of otherways including including checks, online payments and credit carddonations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donateSection 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronicworks.Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tmconcept of a library of electronic works that could be freely sharedwith anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed ProjectGutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printededitions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarilykeep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: http://www.gutenberg.netThis Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg LiteraryArchive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how tosubscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.